Commit b902e07cea51e33fbe36453f7b1412dd7bbe760f

Authored by Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki
1 parent 056fbc73d5

sf: Add CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH

This config will use for defining greater than single flash support.
currently - DUAL_STACKED and DUAL_PARALLEL.

Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>

Showing 4 changed files with 20 additions and 5 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 Summary: 8 Summary:
9 ======== 9 ========
10 10
11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15 code. 15 code.
16 16
17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
20 support booting of Linux images. 20 support booting of Linux images.
21 21
22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27 load and run it dynamically. 27 load and run it dynamically.
28 28
29 29
30 Status: 30 Status:
31 ======= 31 =======
32 32
33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36 36
37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board 38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
39 maintainers. 39 maintainers.
40 40
41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; 41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: 42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43 43
44 make CHANGELOG 44 make CHANGELOG
45 45
46 46
47 Where to get help: 47 Where to get help:
48 ================== 48 ==================
49 49
50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
56 56
57 57
58 Where to get source code: 58 Where to get source code:
59 ========================= 59 =========================
60 60
61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64 64
65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68 directory. 68 directory.
69 69
70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72 72
73 73
74 Where we come from: 74 Where we come from:
75 =================== 75 ===================
76 76
77 - start from 8xxrom sources 77 - start from 8xxrom sources
78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
79 - clean up code 79 - clean up code
80 - make it easier to add custom boards 80 - make it easier to add custom boards
81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82 - extend functions, especially: 82 - extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download 84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot 85 * network boot
86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
91 91
92 92
93 Names and Spelling: 93 Names and Spelling:
94 =================== 94 ===================
95 95
96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98 in source files etc.). Example: 98 in source files etc.). Example:
99 99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101 101
102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103 103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105 105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107 107
108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110 110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113 113
114 114
115 Versioning: 115 Versioning:
116 =========== 116 ===========
117 117
118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124 124
125 Examples: 125 Examples:
126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
129 129
130 130
131 Directory Hierarchy: 131 Directory Hierarchy:
132 ==================== 132 ====================
133 133
134 /arch Architecture specific files 134 /arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files 136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs 144 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
145 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 145 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
146 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 146 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
147 /lib Architecture specific library files 147 /lib Architecture specific library files
148 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 148 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
149 /cpu CPU specific files 149 /cpu CPU specific files
150 /lib Architecture specific library files 150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 151 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files 152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files 153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 154 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files 155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 156 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
157 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 157 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
158 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 158 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
159 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 159 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
160 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 160 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
161 /lib Architecture specific library files 161 /lib Architecture specific library files
162 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 162 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
163 /cpu CPU specific files 163 /cpu CPU specific files
164 /lib Architecture specific library files 164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 165 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files 166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 167 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
168 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs 168 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
169 /lib Architecture specific library files 169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 170 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files 171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 172 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
173 /lib Architecture specific library files 173 /lib Architecture specific library files
174 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 174 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
175 /cpu CPU specific files 175 /cpu CPU specific files
176 /lib Architecture specific library files 176 /lib Architecture specific library files
177 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture 177 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files 178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files 179 /lib Architecture specific library files
180 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 180 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files 181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 182 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 183 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
184 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 184 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
185 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 185 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
186 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 186 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
187 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 187 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
188 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 188 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
189 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 189 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
190 /lib Architecture specific library files 190 /lib Architecture specific library files
191 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 191 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files 192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 193 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
194 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 194 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
195 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 195 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
196 /lib Architecture specific library files 196 /lib Architecture specific library files
197 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 197 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
198 /cpu CPU specific files 198 /cpu CPU specific files
199 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 199 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
200 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 200 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
201 /lib Architecture specific library files 201 /lib Architecture specific library files
202 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 202 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
203 /cpu CPU specific files 203 /cpu CPU specific files
204 /lib Architecture specific library files 204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 205 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
206 /board Board dependent files 206 /board Board dependent files
207 /common Misc architecture independent functions 207 /common Misc architecture independent functions
208 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 208 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
209 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 209 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
210 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 210 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
211 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. 211 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
212 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 212 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
213 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 213 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
214 /include Header Files 214 /include Header Files
215 /lib Files generic to all architectures 215 /lib Files generic to all architectures
216 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 216 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
217 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 217 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
218 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 218 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
219 /net Networking code 219 /net Networking code
220 /post Power On Self Test 220 /post Power On Self Test
221 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework 221 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework
222 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 222 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
223 223
224 Software Configuration: 224 Software Configuration:
225 ======================= 225 =======================
226 226
227 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 227 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
228 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 228 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
229 229
230 There are two classes of configuration variables: 230 There are two classes of configuration variables:
231 231
232 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 232 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
233 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 233 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
234 "CONFIG_". 234 "CONFIG_".
235 235
236 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 236 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
237 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 237 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
238 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 238 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
239 "CONFIG_SYS_". 239 "CONFIG_SYS_".
240 240
241 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 241 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
242 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 242 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
243 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 243 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
244 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 244 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
245 as an example here. 245 as an example here.
246 246
247 247
248 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 248 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
249 --------------------------------------------------- 249 ---------------------------------------------------
250 250
251 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 251 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
252 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 252 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
253 253
254 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 254 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
255 255
256 cd u-boot 256 cd u-boot
257 make TQM823L_config 257 make TQM823L_config
258 258
259 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 259 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
260 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 260 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
261 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 261 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
262 262
263 263
264 Configuration Options: 264 Configuration Options:
265 ---------------------- 265 ----------------------
266 266
267 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 267 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
268 such information is kept in a configuration file 268 such information is kept in a configuration file
269 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 269 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
270 270
271 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 271 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
272 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 272 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
273 273
274 274
275 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 275 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
276 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 276 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
277 build a config tool - later. 277 build a config tool - later.
278 278
279 279
280 The following options need to be configured: 280 The following options need to be configured:
281 281
282 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 282 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
283 283
284 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 284 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
285 285
286 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 286 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
287 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 287 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
288 288
289 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 289 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
290 Define exactly one of 290 Define exactly one of
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 291 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
292 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 292 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
293 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 293 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
294 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 294 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
295 295
296 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 296 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
297 Define exactly one of 297 Define exactly one of
298 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 298 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
299 299
300 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 300 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
301 Define one or more of 301 Define one or more of
302 CONFIG_CMA302 302 CONFIG_CMA302
303 303
304 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 304 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
305 Define one or more of 305 Define one or more of
306 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 306 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
307 the LCD display every second with 307 the LCD display every second with
308 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 308 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
309 309
310 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 310 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
311 CONFIG_ADSTYPE 311 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
312 Possible values are: 312 Possible values are:
313 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 313 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 314 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
315 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 315 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
316 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 316 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
317 317
318 - Marvell Family Member 318 - Marvell Family Member
319 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 319 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
320 multiple fs option at one time 320 multiple fs option at one time
321 for marvell soc family 321 for marvell soc family
322 322
323 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 323 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
324 Define exactly one of 324 Define exactly one of
325 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 325 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
326 326
327 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 327 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock 331 reference PIT/RTC clock
332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL) 333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
334 334
335 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 335 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
339 See doc/README.MPC866 339 See doc/README.MPC866
340 340
341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
342 342
343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured 344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
349 349
350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351 351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the 352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354 354
355 - 85xx CPU Options: 355 - 85xx CPU Options:
356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357 357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons. 360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361 361
362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363 363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367 367
368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369 369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform. 371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372 372
373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374 374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose. 380 purpose.
381 381
382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383 383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387 387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390 390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393 393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398 398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum. 400 this erratum.
401 401
402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
404 requred during NOR boot. 404 requred during NOR boot.
405 405
406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407 407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround. 409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410 410
411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR 411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
412 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is 412 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
413 connected exclusively to the DSP cores. 413 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
414 414
415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 416 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
417 which is directly connected to the DSP core. 417 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
418 418
419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR 419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly 420 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
421 connected to the DSP core. 421 connected to the DSP core.
422 422
423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
424 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 424 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
425 425
426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK 426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
427 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. 427 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
428 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply 428 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
429 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. 429 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
430 430
431 - Generic CPU options: 431 - Generic CPU options:
432 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 432 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
433 433
434 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 434 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
435 values is arch specific. 435 values is arch specific.
436 436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR 437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
438 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is 438 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
439 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core 439 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
440 SoCs. 440 SoCs.
441 441
442 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR 442 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
443 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. 443 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
444 444
445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU 445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
446 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as 446 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
447 deskew training are not available. 447 deskew training are not available.
448 448
449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
450 Freescale DDR1 controller. 450 Freescale DDR1 controller.
451 451
452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
453 Freescale DDR2 controller. 453 Freescale DDR2 controller.
454 454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
456 Freescale DDR3 controller. 456 Freescale DDR3 controller.
457 457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
459 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. 459 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
460 460
461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
462 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with 462 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
463 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board 463 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
464 implemetation. 464 implemetation.
465 465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
467 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with 467 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
468 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board 468 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
469 implementation. 469 implementation.
470 470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
472 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with 472 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 Freescale DDR3 controllers. 473 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
474 474
475 - Intel Monahans options: 475 - Intel Monahans options:
476 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 476 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
477 477
478 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 478 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
479 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 479 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
480 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 480 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
481 481
482 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 482 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
483 483
484 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 484 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
485 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 485 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
486 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 486 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
487 by this value. 487 by this value.
488 488
489 - MIPS CPU options: 489 - MIPS CPU options:
490 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 490 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
491 491
492 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 492 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
493 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 493 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
494 relocation. 494 relocation.
495 495
496 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 496 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
497 497
498 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 498 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
499 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 499 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
500 Possible values are: 500 Possible values are:
501 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 501 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
502 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 502 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
503 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 503 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
504 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 504 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
505 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 505 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
506 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 506 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
507 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 507 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
508 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 508 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
509 509
510 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 510 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
511 511
512 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 512 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
513 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 513 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
514 514
515 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 515 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
516 516
517 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 517 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
518 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 518 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
519 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 519 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
520 520
521 - ARM options: 521 - ARM options:
522 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 522 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
523 523
524 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 524 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
525 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 525 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
526 526
527 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 527 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
528 528
529 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 529 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
530 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 530 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
531 better code density. For ARM architectures that support 531 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
532 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 532 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
533 GCC. 533 GCC.
534 534
535 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 535 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
536 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 536 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
537 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 537 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
538 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 538 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
539 539
540 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 540 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
541 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 541 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
542 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 542 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
543 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 543 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
544 set these options unless they apply! 544 set these options unless they apply!
545 545
546 - CPU timer options: 546 - CPU timer options:
547 CONFIG_SYS_HZ 547 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
548 548
549 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). 549 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
550 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG 550 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
551 option must be set to 1000. 551 option must be set to 1000.
552 552
553 - Linux Kernel Interface: 553 - Linux Kernel Interface:
554 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 554 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
555 555
556 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 556 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
557 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 557 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
558 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 558 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
559 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 559 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
560 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 560 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
561 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 561 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
562 Linux kernel. 562 Linux kernel.
563 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 563 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
564 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 564 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
565 default environment. 565 default environment.
566 566
567 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 567 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
568 568
569 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions 569 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
570 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 570 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
571 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 571 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
572 572
573 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 573 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
574 574
575 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 575 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
576 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 576 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
577 concepts). 577 concepts).
578 578
579 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 579 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
580 * New libfdt-based support 580 * New libfdt-based support
581 * Adds the "fdt" command 581 * Adds the "fdt" command
582 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 582 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
583 583
584 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 584 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
585 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 585 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
586 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 586 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
587 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 587 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
588 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 588 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
589 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 589 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
590 590
591 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 591 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
592 addresses 592 addresses
593 593
594 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 594 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
595 595
596 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 596 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
597 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 597 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
598 598
599 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 599 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
600 600
601 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 601 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
602 param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 602 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
603 603
604 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 604 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
605 605
606 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 606 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
607 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 607 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
608 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 608 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
609 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 609 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
610 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 610 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
611 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 611 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
612 612
613 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 613 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
614 614
615 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 615 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
616 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 616 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
617 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 617 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
618 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 618 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
619 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 619 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
620 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 620 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
621 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 621 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
622 622
623 - vxWorks boot parameters: 623 - vxWorks boot parameters:
624 624
625 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 625 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
626 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. 626 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
627 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 627 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
628 628
629 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name 629 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
630 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address 630 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
631 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server 631 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
632 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters 632 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
633 633
634 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS 634 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
635 635
636 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" 636 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
637 637
638 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 638 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
639 the defaults discussed just above. 639 the defaults discussed just above.
640 640
641 - Cache Configuration: 641 - Cache Configuration:
642 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 642 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
643 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 643 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
644 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 644 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
645 645
646 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 646 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
647 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 647 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
648 controller 648 controller
649 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 649 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
650 controller register space 650 controller register space
651 651
652 - Serial Ports: 652 - Serial Ports:
653 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 653 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
654 654
655 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 655 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
656 656
657 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 657 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
658 658
659 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 659 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
660 660
661 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 661 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
662 662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
664 the clock speed of the UARTs. 664 the clock speed of the UARTs.
665 665
666 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 666 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
667 667
668 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 668 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
669 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 669 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
670 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 670 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
671 671
672 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR 672 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
673 673
674 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) 674 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
675 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set 675 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
676 this variable to initialize the extra register. 676 this variable to initialize the extra register.
677 677
678 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT 678 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
679 679
680 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage 680 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
681 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this 681 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
682 variable to flush the UART at init time. 682 variable to flush the UART at init time.
683 683
684 684
685 - Console Interface: 685 - Console Interface:
686 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 686 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
687 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 687 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
688 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 688 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
689 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 689 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
690 690
691 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 691 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
692 port routines must be defined elsewhere 692 port routines must be defined elsewhere
693 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 693 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
694 694
695 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 695 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
696 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 696 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
697 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 697 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
698 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 698 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
699 (default big endian) 699 (default big endian)
700 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 700 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
701 rectangle fill 701 rectangle fill
702 (cf. smiLynxEM) 702 (cf. smiLynxEM)
703 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 703 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
704 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 704 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
705 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 705 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
706 (cols=pitch) 706 (cols=pitch)
707 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 707 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
708 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 708 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
709 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 709 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
710 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 710 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
711 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 711 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
712 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 712 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
713 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 713 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
714 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 714 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
715 (i.e. i8042_tstc) 715 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
716 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 716 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
717 (i.e. i8042_getc) 717 (i.e. i8042_getc)
718 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 718 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
719 (requires blink timer 719 (requires blink timer
720 cf. i8042.c) 720 cf. i8042.c)
721 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 721 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
722 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 722 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
723 upper right corner 723 upper right corner
724 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) 724 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
725 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 725 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
726 upper left corner 726 upper left corner
727 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 727 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
728 linux_logo.h for logo. 728 linux_logo.h for logo.
729 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 729 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
730 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 730 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
731 additional board info beside 731 additional board info beside
732 the logo 732 the logo
733 733
734 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 734 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
735 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 735 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
736 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 736 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
737 737
738 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 738 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
739 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 739 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
740 environment 'console=serial'. 740 environment 'console=serial'.
741 741
742 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 742 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
743 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 743 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
744 the "silent" environment variable. See 744 the "silent" environment variable. See
745 doc/README.silent for more information. 745 doc/README.silent for more information.
746 746
747 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default 747 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
748 is 0x00. 748 is 0x00.
749 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default 749 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
750 is 0xa0. 750 is 0xa0.
751 751
752 - Console Baudrate: 752 - Console Baudrate:
753 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 753 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
754 Select one of the baudrates listed in 754 Select one of the baudrates listed in
755 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 755 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
756 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 756 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
757 757
758 - Console Rx buffer length 758 - Console Rx buffer length
759 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 759 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
760 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 760 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
761 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 761 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
762 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 762 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
763 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 763 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
764 the SMC. 764 the SMC.
765 765
766 - Pre-Console Buffer: 766 - Pre-Console Buffer:
767 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 767 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
768 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 768 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
769 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 769 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
770 buffer any console messages prior to the console being 770 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
771 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 771 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
772 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 772 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
773 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 773 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
774 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 774 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
775 earlier bytes are discarded. 775 earlier bytes are discarded.
776 776
777 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 777 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
778 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 778 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
779 779
780 - Safe printf() functions 780 - Safe printf() functions
781 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of 781 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
782 the printf() functions. These are defined in 782 the printf() functions. These are defined in
783 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and 783 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
784 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. 784 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
785 If this option is not given then these functions will 785 If this option is not given then these functions will
786 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means 786 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
787 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. 787 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
788 788
789 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 789 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
790 Delay before automatically booting the default image; 790 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
791 set to -1 to disable autoboot. 791 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
792 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort 792 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
793 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). 793 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
794 794
795 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 795 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
796 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 796 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
797 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 797 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
798 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 798 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
799 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 799 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
800 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 800 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
801 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 801 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
802 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 802 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
803 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 803 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
804 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 804 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
805 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 805 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
806 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 806 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
807 807
808 - Autoboot Command: 808 - Autoboot Command:
809 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 809 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
810 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 810 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
811 define a command string that is automatically executed 811 define a command string that is automatically executed
812 when no character is read on the console interface 812 when no character is read on the console interface
813 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 813 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
814 814
815 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 815 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
816 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 816 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
817 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 817 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
818 environment value "bootargs". 818 environment value "bootargs".
819 819
820 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 820 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
821 The value of these goes into the environment as 821 The value of these goes into the environment as
822 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 822 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
823 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 823 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
824 RAM and NFS. 824 RAM and NFS.
825 825
826 - Bootcount: 826 - Bootcount:
827 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 827 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
828 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot 828 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
829 cycle, see: 829 cycle, see:
830 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 830 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
831 831
832 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV 832 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
833 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware 833 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
834 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a 834 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
835 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable 835 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
836 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is 836 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
837 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is 837 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
838 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. 838 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
839 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" 839 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
840 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. 840 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
841 841
842 - Pre-Boot Commands: 842 - Pre-Boot Commands:
843 CONFIG_PREBOOT 843 CONFIG_PREBOOT
844 844
845 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 845 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
846 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 846 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
847 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 847 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
848 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 848 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
849 entering interactive mode. 849 entering interactive mode.
850 850
851 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 851 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
852 automatically generated or modified. For an example 852 automatically generated or modified. For an example
853 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 853 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
854 modified when the user holds down a certain 854 modified when the user holds down a certain
855 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 855 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
856 booting the systems 856 booting the systems
857 857
858 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 858 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
859 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 859 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
860 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 860 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
861 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 861 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
862 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 862 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
863 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 863 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
864 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 864 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
865 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 865 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
866 866
867 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 867 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
868 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 868 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
869 Select one of the baudrates listed in 869 Select one of the baudrates listed in
870 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 870 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
871 871
872 - Monitor Functions: 872 - Monitor Functions:
873 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 873 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
874 from the build by using the #include files 874 from the build by using the #include files
875 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 875 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
876 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> 876 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
877 and augmenting with additional #define's 877 and augmenting with additional #define's
878 for wanted commands. 878 for wanted commands.
879 879
880 The default command configuration includes all commands 880 The default command configuration includes all commands
881 except those marked below with a "*". 881 except those marked below with a "*".
882 882
883 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 883 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
884 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 884 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
885 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 885 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
886 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 886 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
887 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 887 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
888 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 888 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
889 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 889 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
890 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 890 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
891 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 891 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
892 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 892 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
893 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 893 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
894 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 894 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
895 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 895 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
896 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 896 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
897 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 897 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
898 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 898 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
899 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 899 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
900 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 900 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
901 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 901 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
902 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 902 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
903 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 903 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
904 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 904 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
905 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 905 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
906 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable 906 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
907 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 907 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
908 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 908 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
909 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 909 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
910 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 910 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
911 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 911 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
912 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 912 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
913 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support 913 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
914 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 914 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
915 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 915 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
916 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support 916 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
917 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 917 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
918 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 918 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
919 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 919 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
920 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 920 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
921 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 921 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
922 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 922 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
923 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 923 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
924 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 924 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
925 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 925 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
926 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash 926 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
927 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 927 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
928 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 928 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
929 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 929 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
930 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 930 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
931 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 931 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
932 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 932 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
933 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 933 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
934 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 934 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
935 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 935 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
936 (169.254.*.*) 936 (169.254.*.*)
937 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 937 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
938 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 938 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
939 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest 939 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
940 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 940 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
941 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 941 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
942 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 942 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
943 loop, loopw 943 loop, loopw
944 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest 944 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
945 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 945 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
946 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 946 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
947 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 947 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
948 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 948 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
949 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 949 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
950 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 950 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
951 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support 951 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
952 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 952 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
953 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 953 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
954 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 954 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
955 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 955 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
956 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 956 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
957 host 957 host
958 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 958 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
959 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 959 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
960 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 960 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
961 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 961 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
962 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 962 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
963 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 963 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
964 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 964 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
965 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 965 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
966 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 966 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
967 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 967 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
968 (4xx only) 968 (4xx only)
969 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 969 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
970 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest 970 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
971 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 971 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
972 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 972 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
973 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 973 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
974 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 974 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
975 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 975 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
976 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 976 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
977 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 977 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
978 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 978 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
979 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 979 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
980 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 980 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
981 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 981 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
982 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image 982 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
983 983
984 984
985 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 985 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
986 support you can write: 986 support you can write:
987 987
988 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 988 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
989 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 989 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
990 990
991 Other Commands: 991 Other Commands:
992 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 992 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
993 993
994 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 994 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
995 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 995 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
996 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 996 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
997 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 997 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
998 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 998 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
999 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 999 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1000 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 1000 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1001 initial stack and some data. 1001 initial stack and some data.
1002 1002
1003 1003
1004 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 1004 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1005 1005
1006 - Regular expression support: 1006 - Regular expression support:
1007 CONFIG_REGEX 1007 CONFIG_REGEX
1008 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 1008 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1009 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 1009 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1010 which adds regex support to some commands, as for 1010 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1011 example "env grep" and "setexpr". 1011 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
1012 1012
1013 - Device tree: 1013 - Device tree:
1014 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 1014 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1015 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 1015 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1016 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 1016 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1017 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 1017 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1018 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 1018 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1019 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 1019 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1020 1020
1021 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 1021 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1022 be done using one of the two options below: 1022 be done using one of the two options below:
1023 1023
1024 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 1024 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1025 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 1025 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1026 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 1026 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1027 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 1027 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1028 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 1028 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1029 the global data structure as gd->blob. 1029 the global data structure as gd->blob.
1030 1030
1031 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 1031 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1032 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 1032 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1033 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 1033 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1034 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 1034 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1035 1035
1036 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 1036 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1037 1037
1038 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 1038 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1039 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 1039 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1040 still use the individual files if you need something more 1040 still use the individual files if you need something more
1041 exotic. 1041 exotic.
1042 1042
1043 - Watchdog: 1043 - Watchdog:
1044 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 1044 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1045 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 1045 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
1046 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 1046 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1047 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 1047 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1048 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 1048 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1049 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 1049 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1050 available, then no further board specific code should 1050 available, then no further board specific code should
1051 be needed to use it. 1051 be needed to use it.
1052 1052
1053 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 1053 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1054 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 1054 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1055 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 1055 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1056 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 1056 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
1057 1057
1058 - U-Boot Version: 1058 - U-Boot Version:
1059 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 1059 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1060 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1060 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1061 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1061 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1062 version as printed by the "version" command. 1062 version as printed by the "version" command.
1063 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1063 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1064 next reset. 1064 next reset.
1065 1065
1066 - Real-Time Clock: 1066 - Real-Time Clock:
1067 1067
1068 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1068 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
1069 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1069 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1070 following options: 1070 following options:
1071 1071
1072 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1072 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1073 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1073 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
1074 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1074 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
1075 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1075 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1076 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1076 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
1077 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1077 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
1078 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1078 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
1079 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1079 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
1080 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1080 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
1081 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1081 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
1082 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1082 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
1083 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1083 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1084 RV3029 RTC. 1084 RV3029 RTC.
1085 1085
1086 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1086 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1087 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1087 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1088 1088
1089 - GPIO Support: 1089 - GPIO Support:
1090 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1090 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1091 1091
1092 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1092 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1093 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1093 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1094 pins supported by a particular chip. 1094 pins supported by a particular chip.
1095 1095
1096 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1096 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1097 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1097 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1098 1098
1099 - Timestamp Support: 1099 - Timestamp Support:
1100 1100
1101 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1101 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1102 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1102 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1103 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1103 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
1104 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1104 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
1105 1105
1106 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1106 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1107 Zero or more of the following: 1107 Zero or more of the following:
1108 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1108 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1109 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1109 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1110 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1110 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1111 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1111 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1112 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1112 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1113 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1113 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1114 disk/part_efi.c 1114 disk/part_efi.c
1115 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1115 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
1116 1116
1117 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1117 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1118 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1118 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
1119 least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1119 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
1120 1120
1121 - IDE Reset method: 1121 - IDE Reset method:
1122 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1122 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1123 board configurations files but used nowhere! 1123 board configurations files but used nowhere!
1124 1124
1125 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1125 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1126 be performed by calling the function 1126 be performed by calling the function
1127 ide_set_reset(int reset) 1127 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1128 which has to be defined in a board specific file 1128 which has to be defined in a board specific file
1129 1129
1130 - ATAPI Support: 1130 - ATAPI Support:
1131 CONFIG_ATAPI 1131 CONFIG_ATAPI
1132 1132
1133 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1133 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1134 1134
1135 - LBA48 Support 1135 - LBA48 Support
1136 CONFIG_LBA48 1136 CONFIG_LBA48
1137 1137
1138 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1138 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
1139 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1139 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
1140 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1140 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1141 support disks up to 2.1TB. 1141 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1142 1142
1143 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1143 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
1144 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1144 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1145 Default is 32bit. 1145 Default is 32bit.
1146 1146
1147 - SCSI Support: 1147 - SCSI Support:
1148 At the moment only there is only support for the 1148 At the moment only there is only support for the
1149 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1149 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1150 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1150 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1151 1151
1152 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1152 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1153 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1153 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1154 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1154 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
1155 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1155 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1156 devices. 1156 devices.
1157 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1157 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
1158 1158
1159 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1159 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1160 SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1160 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1161 1161
1162 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 1162 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
1163 CONFIG_E1000 1163 CONFIG_E1000
1164 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1164 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1165 1165
1166 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1166 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1167 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1167 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1168 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1168 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1169 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1169 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1170 1170
1171 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1171 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1172 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1172 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1173 example with the "sspi" command. 1173 example with the "sspi" command.
1174 1174
1175 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1175 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1176 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1176 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1177 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1177 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
1178 1178
1179 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC 1179 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
1180 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. 1180 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
1181 1181
1182 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1182 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1183 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1183 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
1184 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1184 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
1185 write routine for first time initialisation. 1185 write routine for first time initialisation.
1186 1186
1187 CONFIG_TULIP 1187 CONFIG_TULIP
1188 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1188 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1189 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1189 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1190 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1190 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1191 1191
1192 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1192 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1193 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1193 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1194 1194
1195 CONFIG_NS8382X 1195 CONFIG_NS8382X
1196 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1196 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1197 1197
1198 - NETWORK Support (other): 1198 - NETWORK Support (other):
1199 1199
1200 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1200 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1201 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1201 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1202 1202
1203 CONFIG_RMII 1203 CONFIG_RMII
1204 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1204 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1205 1205
1206 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1206 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1207 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1207 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1208 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1208 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1209 1209
1210 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1210 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1211 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1211 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1212 1212
1213 CONFIG_LAN91C96 1213 CONFIG_LAN91C96
1214 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1214 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1215 1215
1216 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1216 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1217 Define this to hold the physical address 1217 Define this to hold the physical address
1218 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1218 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1219 1219
1220 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1220 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1221 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1221 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1222 1222
1223 CONFIG_SMC91111 1223 CONFIG_SMC91111
1224 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1224 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1225 1225
1226 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1226 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1227 Define this to hold the physical address 1227 Define this to hold the physical address
1228 of the device (I/O space) 1228 of the device (I/O space)
1229 1229
1230 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1230 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1231 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1231 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1232 1232
1233 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1233 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1234 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1234 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1235 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1235 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1236 1236
1237 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1237 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1238 Support for davinci emac 1238 Support for davinci emac
1239 1239
1240 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1240 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1241 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1241 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1242 1242
1243 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1243 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1244 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1244 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1245 1245
1246 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1246 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1247 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1247 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1248 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1248 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1249 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1249 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1250 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1250 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1251 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1251 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1252 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1252 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1253 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1253 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1254 1254
1255 CONFIG_SMC911X 1255 CONFIG_SMC911X
1256 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1256 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1257 1257
1258 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1258 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1259 Define this to hold the physical address 1259 Define this to hold the physical address
1260 of the device (I/O space) 1260 of the device (I/O space)
1261 1261
1262 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1262 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1263 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1263 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1264 1264
1265 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1265 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1266 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1266 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1267 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1267 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1268 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1268 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1269 1269
1270 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1270 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1271 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1271 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1272 1272
1273 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1273 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1274 Define the number of ports to be used 1274 Define the number of ports to be used
1275 1275
1276 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1276 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1277 Define the ETH PHY's address 1277 Define the ETH PHY's address
1278 1278
1279 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1279 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1280 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1280 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1281 1281
1282 - TPM Support: 1282 - TPM Support:
1283 CONFIG_TPM 1283 CONFIG_TPM
1284 Support TPM devices. 1284 Support TPM devices.
1285 1285
1286 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C 1286 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1287 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1287 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1288 per system is supported at this time. 1288 per system is supported at this time.
1289 1289
1290 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER 1290 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1291 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device 1291 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1292 1292
1293 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1293 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1294 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus 1294 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1295 1295
1296 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1296 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1297 Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1297 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1298 1298
1299 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI 1299 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1300 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. 1300 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1301 1301
1302 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1302 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
1303 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1303 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1304 per system is supported at this time. 1304 per system is supported at this time.
1305 1305
1306 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1306 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1307 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1307 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1308 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1308 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1309 0xfed40000. 1309 0xfed40000.
1310 1310
1311 CONFIG_CMD_TPM 1311 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1312 Add tpm monitor functions. 1312 Add tpm monitor functions.
1313 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also 1313 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1314 provides monitor access to authorized functions. 1314 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1315 1315
1316 CONFIG_TPM 1316 CONFIG_TPM
1317 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides 1317 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1318 functional interfaces to some TPM commands. 1318 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1319 Requires support for a TPM device. 1319 Requires support for a TPM device.
1320 1320
1321 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS 1321 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1322 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. 1322 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1323 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. 1323 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1324 1324
1325 - USB Support: 1325 - USB Support:
1326 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1326 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1327 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1327 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1328 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1328 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1329 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1329 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1330 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1330 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1331 storage devices. 1331 storage devices.
1332 Note: 1332 Note:
1333 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1333 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1334 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1334 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1335 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1335 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1336 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1336 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1337 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1337 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1338 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1338 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1339 for USB on PSC3 1339 for USB on PSC3
1340 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1340 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1341 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1341 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1342 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1342 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1343 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1343 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1344 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1344 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1345 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1345 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1346 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1346 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1347 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1347 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1348 1348
1349 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1349 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1350 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1350 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1351 1351
1352 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum 1352 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1353 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) 1353 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1354 1354
1355 - USB Device: 1355 - USB Device:
1356 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1356 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1357 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1357 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1358 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1358 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1359 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1359 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1360 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1360 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1361 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1361 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1362 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1362 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1363 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1363 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1364 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1364 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1365 a Linux host by 1365 a Linux host by
1366 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1366 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1367 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1367 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1368 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1368 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1369 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1369 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1370 1370
1371 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1371 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1372 Define this to build a UDC device 1372 Define this to build a UDC device
1373 1373
1374 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1374 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1375 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1375 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1376 talk to the UDC device 1376 talk to the UDC device
1377 1377
1378 CONFIG_USBD_HS 1378 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1379 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1379 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1380 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1380 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1381 int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1381 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1382 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1382 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1383 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1383 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1384 speed. 1384 speed.
1385 1385
1386 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1386 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1387 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1387 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1388 be set to usbtty. 1388 be set to usbtty.
1389 1389
1390 mpc8xx: 1390 mpc8xx:
1391 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1391 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1392 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1392 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1393 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1393 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1394 1394
1395 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1395 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
1396 Derive USB clock from brgclk 1396 Derive USB clock from brgclk
1397 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1397 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
1398 1398
1399 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1399 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1400 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1400 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1401 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1401 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1402 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1402 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1403 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1403 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1404 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1404 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1405 1405
1406 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1406 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1407 Define this string as the name of your company for 1407 Define this string as the name of your company for
1408 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1408 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1409 1409
1410 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1410 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1411 Define this string as the name of your product 1411 Define this string as the name of your product
1412 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1412 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1413 1413
1414 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1414 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1415 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1415 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1416 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1416 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1417 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1417 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1418 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1418 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1419 1419
1420 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1420 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1421 Define this as the unique Product ID 1421 Define this as the unique Product ID
1422 for your device 1422 for your device
1423 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1423 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1424 1424
1425 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment. 1425 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1426 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h: 1426 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1427 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK 1427 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1428 This enables function definition: 1428 This enables function definition:
1429 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h 1429 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1430 Implementation of this function is board-specific. 1430 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1431 1431
1432 - ULPI Layer Support: 1432 - ULPI Layer Support:
1433 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1433 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1434 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1434 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1435 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1435 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1436 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1436 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1437 viewport is supported. 1437 viewport is supported.
1438 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1438 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1439 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1439 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1440 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1440 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1441 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1441 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1442 the appropriate value in Hz. 1442 the appropriate value in Hz.
1443 1443
1444 - MMC Support: 1444 - MMC Support:
1445 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1445 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1446 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1446 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1447 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1447 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1448 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1448 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1449 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1449 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1450 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1450 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1451 1451
1452 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1452 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1453 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1453 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1454 1454
1455 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1455 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1456 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1456 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1457 1457
1458 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1458 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1459 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1459 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1460 1460
1461 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1461 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1462 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION 1462 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1463 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1463 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1464 1464
1465 CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1465 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1466 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1466 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1467 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1467 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1468 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1468 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1469 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1469 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1470 1470
1471 CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1471 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1472 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1472 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1473 1473
1474 CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1474 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1475 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1475 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1476 1476
1477 CONFIG_DFU_RAM 1477 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1478 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. 1478 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1479 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but 1479 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1480 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, 1480 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1481 one that would help mostly the developer. 1481 one that would help mostly the developer.
1482 1482
1483 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE 1483 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1484 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the 1484 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1485 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer 1485 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1486 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable 1486 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1487 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. 1487 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1488 1488
1489 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1489 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1490 When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1490 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1491 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1491 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1492 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1492 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1493 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1493 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1494 Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1494 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1495 1495
1496 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1496 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1497 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1497 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1498 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1498 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1499 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1499 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1500 1500
1501 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1501 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1502 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1502 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1503 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1503 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1504 1504
1505 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1505 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
1506 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1506 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1507 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1507 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1508 1508
1509 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1509 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
1510 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1510 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
1511 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1511 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1512 have not defined a custom partition 1512 have not defined a custom partition
1513 1513
1514 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1514 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1515 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1515 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1516 1516
1517 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1517 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1518 file in FAT formatted partition. 1518 file in FAT formatted partition.
1519 1519
1520 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1520 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1521 user to write files to FAT. 1521 user to write files to FAT.
1522 1522
1523 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1523 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1524 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1524 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1525 1525
1526 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1526 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1527 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1527 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1528 and cbfsload. 1528 and cbfsload.
1529 1529
1530 - Keyboard Support: 1530 - Keyboard Support:
1531 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 1531 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1532 1532
1533 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 1533 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1534 support 1534 support
1535 1535
1536 CONFIG_I8042_KBD 1536 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1537 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 1537 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1538 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 1538 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1539 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 1539 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1540 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 1540 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1541 1541
1542 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB 1542 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1543 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. 1543 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1544 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller 1544 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1545 which provides key scans on request. 1545 which provides key scans on request.
1546 1546
1547 - Video support: 1547 - Video support:
1548 CONFIG_VIDEO 1548 CONFIG_VIDEO
1549 1549
1550 Define this to enable video support (for output to 1550 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1551 video). 1551 video).
1552 1552
1553 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1553 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1554 1554
1555 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1555 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1556 1556
1557 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1557 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
1558 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1558 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
1559 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1559 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1560 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1560 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1561 assumed. 1561 assumed.
1562 1562
1563 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1563 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
1564 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1564 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
1565 are possible: 1565 are possible:
1566 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1566 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
1567 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1567 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
1568 1568
1569 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1569 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1570 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1570 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1571 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1571 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1572 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1572 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1573 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1573 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1574 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1574 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1575 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1575 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1576 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1576 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1577 1577
1578 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1578 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
1579 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1579 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
1580 1580
1581 1581
1582 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1582 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
1583 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1583 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
1584 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1584 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1585 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1585 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1586 1586
1587 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1587 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1588 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1588 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1589 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1589 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1590 support, and should also define these other macros: 1590 support, and should also define these other macros:
1591 1591
1592 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1592 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1593 CONFIG_VIDEO 1593 CONFIG_VIDEO
1594 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1594 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1595 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1595 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1596 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1596 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1597 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1597 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1598 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1598 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1599 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1599 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1600 1600
1601 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1601 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1602 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1602 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1603 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1603 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1604 description of this variable. 1604 description of this variable.
1605 1605
1606 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA 1606 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1607 1607
1608 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you 1608 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1609 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer 1609 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1610 driver. 1610 driver.
1611 1611
1612 1612
1613 - Keyboard Support: 1613 - Keyboard Support:
1614 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1614 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1615 1615
1616 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1616 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1617 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1617 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1618 defined in your board-specific files. 1618 defined in your board-specific files.
1619 The only board using this so far is RBC823. 1619 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
1620 1620
1621 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1621 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1622 1622
1623 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1623 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1624 display); also select one of the supported displays 1624 display); also select one of the supported displays
1625 by defining one of these: 1625 by defining one of these:
1626 1626
1627 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1627 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1628 1628
1629 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1629 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1630 1630
1631 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1631 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1632 1632
1633 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1633 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1634 1634
1635 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1635 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1636 1636
1637 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1637 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1638 Active, color, single scan. 1638 Active, color, single scan.
1639 1639
1640 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1640 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1641 1641
1642 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1642 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1643 Active, color, single scan. 1643 Active, color, single scan.
1644 1644
1645 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1645 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1646 1646
1647 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1647 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1648 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1648 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1649 1649
1650 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1650 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1651 1651
1652 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1652 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1653 Active, color, single scan. 1653 Active, color, single scan.
1654 1654
1655 CONFIG_HLD1045 1655 CONFIG_HLD1045
1656 1656
1657 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1657 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1658 Active, color, single scan. 1658 Active, color, single scan.
1659 1659
1660 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1660 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1661 1661
1662 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1662 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1663 or 1663 or
1664 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1664 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1665 or 1665 or
1666 Hitachi SP14Q002 1666 Hitachi SP14Q002
1667 1667
1668 320x240. Black & white. 1668 320x240. Black & white.
1669 1669
1670 Normally display is black on white background; define 1670 Normally display is black on white background; define
1671 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1671 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1672 1672
1673 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1673 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1674 1674
1675 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is 1675 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1676 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1676 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1677 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1677 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1678 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1678 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1679 a per-section basis. 1679 a per-section basis.
1680 1680
1681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1682 1682
1683 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1683 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1684 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1684 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1685 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1685 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1686 is slow. 1686 is slow.
1687 1687
1688 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1688 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1689 1689
1690 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1690 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1691 1691
1692 CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1692 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1693 1693
1694 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1694 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1695 information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1695 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1696 1696
1697 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1697 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1698 1698
1699 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1699 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1700 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1700 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1701 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1701 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1702 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1702 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1703 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1703 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1704 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1704 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1705 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1705 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1706 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1706 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1707 1707
1708 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1708 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1709 1709
1710 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1710 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1711 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1711 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1712 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). 1712 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1713 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1713 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1714 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1714 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1715 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1715 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1716 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1716 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1717 there is no need to set this option. 1717 there is no need to set this option.
1718 1718
1719 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1719 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1720 1720
1721 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1721 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1722 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1722 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1723 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1723 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1724 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1724 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1725 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1725 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1726 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1726 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1727 1727
1728 Example: 1728 Example:
1729 setenv splashpos m,m 1729 setenv splashpos m,m
1730 => image at center of screen 1730 => image at center of screen
1731 1731
1732 setenv splashpos 30,20 1732 setenv splashpos 30,20
1733 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1733 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1734 1734
1735 setenv splashpos -10,m 1735 setenv splashpos -10,m
1736 => vertically centered image 1736 => vertically centered image
1737 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1737 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1738 1738
1739 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1739 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1740 1740
1741 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1741 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1742 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1742 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1743 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1743 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1744 1744
1745 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1745 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1746 1746
1747 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1747 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1748 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1748 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1749 bmp command. 1749 bmp command.
1750 1750
1751 - Do compresssing for memory range: 1751 - Do compresssing for memory range:
1752 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1752 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1753 1753
1754 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1754 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1755 to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1755 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1756 1756
1757 - Compression support: 1757 - Compression support:
1758 CONFIG_GZIP 1758 CONFIG_GZIP
1759 1759
1760 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. 1760 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1761 1761
1762 CONFIG_BZIP2 1762 CONFIG_BZIP2
1763 1763
1764 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1764 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1765 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1765 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1766 compressed images are supported. 1766 compressed images are supported.
1767 1767
1768 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1768 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1769 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1769 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
1770 be at least 4MB. 1770 be at least 4MB.
1771 1771
1772 CONFIG_LZMA 1772 CONFIG_LZMA
1773 1773
1774 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1774 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1775 images is included. 1775 images is included.
1776 1776
1777 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1777 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1778 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1778 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1779 formula: 1779 formula:
1780 1780
1781 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1781 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1782 1782
1783 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1783 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1784 and Literal pos bits. 1784 and Literal pos bits.
1785 1785
1786 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1786 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1787 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1787 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1788 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1788 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1789 a very small buffer. 1789 a very small buffer.
1790 1790
1791 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1791 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1792 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1792 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
1793 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1793 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
1794 1794
1795 CONFIG_LZO 1795 CONFIG_LZO
1796 1796
1797 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images 1797 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1798 is included. 1798 is included.
1799 1799
1800 - MII/PHY support: 1800 - MII/PHY support:
1801 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1801 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1802 1802
1803 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1803 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1804 1804
1805 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1805 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1806 1806
1807 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1807 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1808 1808
1809 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1809 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1810 1810
1811 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1811 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
1812 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1812 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
1813 1813
1814 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1814 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1815 1815
1816 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1816 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1817 reset before any MII register access is possible. 1817 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1818 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1818 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1819 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1819 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1820 1820
1821 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1821 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1822 1822
1823 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1823 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1824 command issued before MII status register can be read 1824 command issued before MII status register can be read
1825 1825
1826 - Ethernet address: 1826 - Ethernet address:
1827 CONFIG_ETHADDR 1827 CONFIG_ETHADDR
1828 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR 1828 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
1829 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1829 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1830 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1830 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
1831 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR 1831 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1832 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR 1832 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
1833 1833
1834 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use 1834 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1835 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this 1835 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
1836 is not determined automatically. 1836 is not determined automatically.
1837 1837
1838 - IP address: 1838 - IP address:
1839 CONFIG_IPADDR 1839 CONFIG_IPADDR
1840 1840
1841 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1841 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
1842 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1842 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
1843 determined through e.g. bootp. 1843 determined through e.g. bootp.
1844 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1844 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
1845 1845
1846 - Server IP address: 1846 - Server IP address:
1847 CONFIG_SERVERIP 1847 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1848 1848
1849 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1849 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
1850 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1850 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1851 (Environment variable "serverip") 1851 (Environment variable "serverip")
1852 1852
1853 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1853 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1854 1854
1855 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1855 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1856 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1856 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1857 1857
1858 - Gateway IP address: 1858 - Gateway IP address:
1859 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1859 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1860 1860
1861 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1861 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1862 default router where packets to other networks are 1862 default router where packets to other networks are
1863 sent to. 1863 sent to.
1864 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1864 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1865 1865
1866 - Subnet mask: 1866 - Subnet mask:
1867 CONFIG_NETMASK 1867 CONFIG_NETMASK
1868 1868
1869 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1869 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1870 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1870 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1871 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1871 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1872 forwarded through a router. 1872 forwarded through a router.
1873 (Environment variable "netmask") 1873 (Environment variable "netmask")
1874 1874
1875 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 1875 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
1876 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1876 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1877 1877
1878 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1878 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1879 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1879 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
1880 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1880 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
1881 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1881 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1882 multicast group. 1882 multicast group.
1883 1883
1884 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1884 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1885 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1885 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1886 1886
1887 If you have many targets in a network that try to 1887 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1888 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1888 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1889 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1889 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1890 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1890 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1891 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1891 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1892 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1892 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1893 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1893 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1894 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1894 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
1895 following delays are inserted then: 1895 following delays are inserted then:
1896 1896
1897 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1897 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1898 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1898 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1899 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1899 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1900 4th and following 1900 4th and following
1901 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1901 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1902 1902
1903 - DHCP Advanced Options: 1903 - DHCP Advanced Options:
1904 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1904 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1905 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1905 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
1906 1906
1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1908 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1908 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1909 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1909 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1911 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1911 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1912 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1912 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1913 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1913 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1914 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1914 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1915 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1915 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1916 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1916 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1917 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1917 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1918 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1918 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
1919 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 1919 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
1920 1920
1921 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1921 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1922 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1922 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
1923 1923
1924 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 1924 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1925 after the configured retry count, the call will fail 1925 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1926 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 1926 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1927 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 1927 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1928 is not available. 1928 is not available.
1929 1929
1930 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1930 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1931 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1931 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1932 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1932 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1933 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1933 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1934 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1934 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1935 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1935 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1936 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1936 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1937 is defined. 1937 is defined.
1938 1938
1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1940 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1940 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1941 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1941 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
1942 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1942 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1943 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1943 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1944 option 12 to the DHCP server. 1944 option 12 to the DHCP server.
1945 1945
1946 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1946 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1947 1947
1948 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1948 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1949 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1949 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1950 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1950 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1951 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1951 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1952 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1952 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1953 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1953 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1954 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1954 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1955 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 1955 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1956 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 1956 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1957 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 1957 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1958 this delay. 1958 this delay.
1959 1959
1960 - Link-local IP address negotiation: 1960 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1961 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 1961 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1962 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 1962 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1963 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 1963 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1964 to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 1964 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1965 1965
1966 See doc/README.link-local for more information. 1966 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1967 1967
1968 - CDP Options: 1968 - CDP Options:
1969 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 1969 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
1970 1970
1971 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 1971 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1972 1972
1973 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 1973 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1974 1974
1975 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 1975 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1976 of the device. 1976 of the device.
1977 1977
1978 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 1978 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1979 1979
1980 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 1980 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1981 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 1981 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
1982 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 1982 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
1983 1983
1984 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 1984 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1985 1985
1986 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 1986 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1987 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 1987 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1988 1988
1989 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 1989 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1990 1990
1991 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 1991 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1992 1992
1993 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 1993 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1994 1994
1995 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 1995 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1996 1996
1997 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 1997 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1998 1998
1999 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 1999 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2000 2000
2001 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 2001 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2002 2002
2003 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 2003 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2004 device in .1 of milliwatts. 2004 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2005 2005
2006 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 2006 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2007 2007
2008 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 2008 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2009 2009
2010 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 2010 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2011 2011
2012 Several configurations allow to display the current 2012 Several configurations allow to display the current
2013 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 2013 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2014 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 2014 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2015 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 2015 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2016 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 2016 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2017 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 2017 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2018 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 2018 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2019 feature in U-Boot. 2019 feature in U-Boot.
2020 2020
2021 Additional options: 2021 Additional options:
2022 2022
2023 CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2023 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2024 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. 2024 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2025 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a 2025 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2026 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2026 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2027 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. 2027 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2028 2028
2029 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE 2029 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2030 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which 2030 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2031 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and 2031 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2032 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. 2032 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2033 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined 2033 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2034 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. 2034 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2035 2035
2036 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 2036 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2037 2037
2038 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 2038 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2039 on those systems that support this (optional) 2039 on those systems that support this (optional)
2040 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 2040 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2041 2041
2042 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C 2042 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2043 2043
2044 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use 2044 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2045 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set 2045 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2046 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c 2046 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2047 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See 2047 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2048 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line 2048 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2049 interface. 2049 interface.
2050 2050
2051 ported i2c driver to the new framework: 2051 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
2052 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: 2052 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2053 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define 2053 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2054 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE 2054 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2055 for defining speed and slave address 2055 for defining speed and slave address
2056 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define 2056 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2057 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 2057 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2058 for defining speed and slave address 2058 for defining speed and slave address
2059 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define 2059 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2060 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 2060 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2061 for defining speed and slave address 2061 for defining speed and slave address
2062 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define 2062 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2063 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 2063 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2064 for defining speed and slave address 2064 for defining speed and slave address
2065 2065
2066 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: 2066 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2067 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL 2067 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2068 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register 2068 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2069 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and 2069 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2070 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first 2070 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2071 bus. 2071 bus.
2072 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define 2072 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
2073 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset 2073 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2074 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and 2074 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2075 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the 2075 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2076 second bus. 2076 second bus.
2077 2077
2078 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: 2078 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
2079 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA 2079 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2080 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from 2080 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2081 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2081 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2082 2082
2083 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c 2083 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2084 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX 2084 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2085 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2085 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2086 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2086 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2087 2087
2088 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c 2088 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2089 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC 2089 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2090 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED 2090 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2091 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE 2091 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2092 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED 2092 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2093 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE 2093 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2094 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED 2094 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2095 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE 2095 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2096 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 2096 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2097 for speed, and 0 for slave. 2097 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2098 2098
2099 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: 2099 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2100 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR 2100 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2101 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses 2101 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2102 2102
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 2103 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 2104 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 2105 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2106 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 2106 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2107 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 2107 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2108 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 2108 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2109 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 2109 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2110 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 2110 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2111 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2111 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2112 2112
2113 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: 2113 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2114 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH 2114 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2115 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses 2115 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2116 2116
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 2119 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 2120 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 2121 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 2122 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 2123 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2124 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 2124 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2125 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 2125 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2126 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 2126 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 2127 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 2128 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2129 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses 2129 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2130 2130
2131 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c 2131 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2132 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX 2132 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2133 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 2133 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2134 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 2134 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 2135 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 2136 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 2137 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 2138 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 2139 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 2140 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 2141 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 2142 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2143 2143
2144 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c 2144 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2145 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ 2145 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2146 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting 2146 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2147 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr 2147 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2148 2148
2149 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: 2149 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2150 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 2150 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2151 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 2151 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2152 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) 2152 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2153 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2153 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2154 2154
2155 additional defines: 2155 additional defines:
2156 2156
2157 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES 2157 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2158 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you 2158 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2159 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this 2159 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2160 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can 2160 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2161 omit this define. 2161 omit this define.
2162 2162
2163 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS 2163 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2164 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. 2164 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2165 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can 2165 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2166 omit this define. 2166 omit this define.
2167 2167
2168 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS 2168 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2169 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected 2169 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2170 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this 2170 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2171 define. 2171 define.
2172 2172
2173 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES 2173 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2174 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if 2174 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2175 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example 2175 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2176 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and 2176 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2177 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: 2177 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2178 2178
2179 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2179 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2180 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ 2180 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2181 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ 2181 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2182 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ 2182 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2183 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ 2183 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2184 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ 2184 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2185 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2185 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2186 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ 2186 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2187 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ 2187 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2188 } 2188 }
2189 2189
2190 which defines 2190 which defines
2191 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux 2191 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
2192 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 2192 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2193 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 2193 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2194 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 2194 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2195 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 2195 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2196 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 2196 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
2197 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux 2197 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
2198 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 2198 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2199 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 2199 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
2200 2200
2201 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. 2201 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2202 2202
2203 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C 2203 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
2204 2204
2205 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which 2205 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2206 provides the following compelling advantages: 2206 provides the following compelling advantages:
2207 2207
2208 - more than one i2c adapter is usable 2208 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2209 - approved multibus support 2209 - approved multibus support
2210 - better i2c mux support 2210 - better i2c mux support
2211 2211
2212 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** 2212 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2213 2213
2214 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining 2214 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2215 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver 2215 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2216 for the selected CPU. 2216 for the selected CPU.
2217 2217
2218 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 2218 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
2219 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 2219 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
2220 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 2220 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2221 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 2221 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
2222 command line interface. 2222 command line interface.
2223 2223
2224 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 2224 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
2225 2225
2226 There are several other quantities that must also be 2226 There are several other quantities that must also be
2227 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2227 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2228 2228
2229 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 2229 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
2230 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 2230 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
2231 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 2231 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
2232 the CPU's i2c node address). 2232 the CPU's i2c node address).
2233 2233
2234 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 2234 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
2235 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 2235 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
2236 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 2236 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2237 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 2237 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2238 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 2238 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
2239 2239
2240 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 2240 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2241 2241
2242 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2242 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2243 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2243 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2244 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 2244 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2245 commands until the slave device responds. 2245 commands until the slave device responds.
2246 2246
2247 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2247 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2248 2248
2249 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) 2249 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
2250 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 2250 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2251 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 2251 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
2252 2252
2253 I2C_INIT 2253 I2C_INIT
2254 2254
2255 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 2255 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
2256 controller or configure ports. 2256 controller or configure ports.
2257 2257
2258 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 2258 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
2259 2259
2260 I2C_PORT 2260 I2C_PORT
2261 2261
2262 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 2262 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2263 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 2263 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2264 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 2264 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
2265 2265
2266 I2C_ACTIVE 2266 I2C_ACTIVE
2267 2267
2268 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 2268 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2269 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 2269 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2270 define can be null. 2270 define can be null.
2271 2271
2272 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 2272 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2273 2273
2274 I2C_TRISTATE 2274 I2C_TRISTATE
2275 2275
2276 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 2276 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2277 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 2277 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2278 define can be null. 2278 define can be null.
2279 2279
2280 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 2280 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2281 2281
2282 I2C_READ 2282 I2C_READ
2283 2283
2284 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2284 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2285 false if it is low. 2285 false if it is low.
2286 2286
2287 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2287 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2288 2288
2289 I2C_SDA(bit) 2289 I2C_SDA(bit)
2290 2290
2291 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2291 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2292 is false, it clears it (low). 2292 is false, it clears it (low).
2293 2293
2294 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2294 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2295 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2295 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
2296 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2296 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
2297 2297
2298 I2C_SCL(bit) 2298 I2C_SCL(bit)
2299 2299
2300 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2300 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2301 is false, it clears it (low). 2301 is false, it clears it (low).
2302 2302
2303 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2303 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2304 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2304 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
2305 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2305 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
2306 2306
2307 I2C_DELAY 2307 I2C_DELAY
2308 2308
2309 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2309 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2310 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2310 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
2311 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2311 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
2312 like: 2312 like:
2313 2313
2314 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2314 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
2315 2315
2316 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2316 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2317 2317
2318 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2318 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2319 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2319 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2320 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2320 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2321 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2321 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2322 2322
2323 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2323 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2324 the generic GPIO functions. 2324 the generic GPIO functions.
2325 2325
2326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
2327 2327
2328 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2328 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2329 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2329 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2330 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2330 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2331 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2331 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2332 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2332 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2333 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2333 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2334 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2334 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2335 is run early in the boot sequence. 2335 is run early in the boot sequence.
2336 2336
2337 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2337 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2338 2338
2339 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2339 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2340 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2340 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2341 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2341 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2342 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2342 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2343 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2343 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2344 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2344 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2345 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2345 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2346 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2346 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2347 2347
2348 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2348 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2349 2349
2350 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2350 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2351 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2351 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2352 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2352 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2353 2353
2354 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2354 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2355 2355
2356 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2356 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
2357 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2357 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2358 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2358 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
2359 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2359 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2360 2360
2361 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2361 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
2362 2362
2363 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2363 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
2364 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2364 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2365 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2365 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2366 a 1D array of device addresses 2366 a 1D array of device addresses
2367 2367
2368 e.g. 2368 e.g.
2369 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2369 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2370 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2370 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
2371 2371
2372 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2372 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2373 2373
2374 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2374 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2375 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2375 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
2376 2376
2377 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2377 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2378 2378
2379 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2379 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
2380 2380
2381 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2381 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2382 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2382 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2383 2383
2384 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2384 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
2385 2385
2386 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2386 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2387 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2387 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2388 2388
2389 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2389 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
2390 2390
2391 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2391 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2392 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2392 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2393 2393
2394 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2394 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
2395 2395
2396 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2396 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2397 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2397 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2398 specified DTT device. 2398 specified DTT device.
2399 2399
2400 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2400 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2401 2401
2402 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2402 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2403 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2403 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2404 between writing the address pointer and reading the 2404 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2405 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2405 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2406 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2406 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2407 devices can use either method, but some require one or 2407 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2408 the other. 2408 the other.
2409 2409
2410 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2410 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2411 2411
2412 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2412 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2413 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2413 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2414 D/As on the SACSng board) 2414 D/As on the SACSng board)
2415 2415
2416 CONFIG_SH_SPI 2416 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2417 2417
2418 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2418 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2419 only SH7757 is supported. 2419 only SH7757 is supported.
2420 2420
2421 CONFIG_SPI_X 2421 CONFIG_SPI_X
2422 2422
2423 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 2423 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2424 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 2424 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2425 2425
2426 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2426 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2427 2427
2428 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2428 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2429 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2429 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2430 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2430 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2431 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2431 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2432 defined, the board configuration must define several 2432 defined, the board configuration must define several
2433 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2433 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2434 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2434 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
2435 2435
2436 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2436 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2437 2437
2438 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2438 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2439 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2439 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2440 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2440 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
2441 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2441 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
2442 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2442 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2443 2443
2444 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2444 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2445 2445
2446 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2446 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2447 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2447 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
2448 2448
2449 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2449 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2450 2450
2451 Enables FPGA subsystem. 2451 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2452 2452
2453 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2453 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2454 2454
2455 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2455 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2456 (ALTERA, XILINX) 2456 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2457 2457
2458 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2458 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2459 2459
2460 Enables support for FPGA family. 2460 Enables support for FPGA family.
2461 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2461 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2462 2462
2463 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2463 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2464 2464
2465 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2465 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
2466 2466
2467 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2467 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
2468 2468
2469 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2469 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
2470 2470
2471 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2471 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
2472 2472
2473 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2473 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2474 status by the configuration function. This option 2474 status by the configuration function. This option
2475 will require a board or device specific function to 2475 will require a board or device specific function to
2476 be written. 2476 be written.
2477 2477
2478 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2478 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2479 2479
2480 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2480 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2481 configuration driver. 2481 configuration driver.
2482 2482
2483 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2483 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
2484 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2484 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2485 2485
2486 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2486 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
2487 2487
2488 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2488 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2489 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2489 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2490 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2490 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2491 indicated a CRC error). 2491 indicated a CRC error).
2492 2492
2493 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2493 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
2494 2494
2495 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 2495 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2496 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 2496 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2497 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2497 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
2498 ms. 2498 ms.
2499 2499
2500 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2500 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2501 2501
2502 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 2502 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
2503 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2503 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2504 2504
2505 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2505 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2506 2506
2507 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2507 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2508 200 ms. 2508 200 ms.
2509 2509
2510 - Configuration Management: 2510 - Configuration Management:
2511 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2511 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2512 2512
2513 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2513 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2514 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2514 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2515 2515
2516 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2516 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2517 2517
2518 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2518 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2519 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2519 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2520 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2520 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2521 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2521 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2522 protects these variables from casual modification by 2522 protects these variables from casual modification by
2523 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2523 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2524 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2524 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2525 change this behaviour: 2525 change this behaviour:
2526 2526
2527 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2527 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2528 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2528 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2529 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2529 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2530 these parameters. 2530 these parameters.
2531 2531
2532 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 2532 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2533 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2533 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2534 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2534 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2535 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2535 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2536 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2536 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2537 read-only.] 2537 read-only.]
2538 2538
2539 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2539 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2540 for any variable by configuring the type of access 2540 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2541 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2541 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2542 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2542 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2543 2543
2544 - Protected RAM: 2544 - Protected RAM:
2545 CONFIG_PRAM 2545 CONFIG_PRAM
2546 2546
2547 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2547 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2548 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2548 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2549 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2549 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2550 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2550 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2551 this default value by defining an environment 2551 this default value by defining an environment
2552 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2552 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2553 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2553 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2554 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2554 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2555 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2555 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2556 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2556 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2557 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2557 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2558 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2558 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2559 2559
2560 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2560 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2561 saveenv 2561 saveenv
2562 2562
2563 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2563 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2564 either, which results in a memory region that will 2564 either, which results in a memory region that will
2565 not be affected by reboots. 2565 not be affected by reboots.
2566 2566
2567 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2567 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2568 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2568 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2569 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2569 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2570 following board configurations are known to be 2570 following board configurations are known to be
2571 "pRAM-clean": 2571 "pRAM-clean":
2572 2572
2573 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2573 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2574 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2574 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
2575 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2575 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2576 2576
2577 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2577 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2578 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2578 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2579 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2579 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2580 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2580 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2581 machines using physical address extension or similar. 2581 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2582 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2582 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2583 currently only supports clearing the memory. 2583 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2584 2584
2585 - Error Recovery: 2585 - Error Recovery:
2586 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2586 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2587 2587
2588 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2588 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2589 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2589 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2590 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2590 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2591 system where you want the system to reboot 2591 system where you want the system to reboot
2592 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2592 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2593 useful during development since you can try to debug 2593 useful during development since you can try to debug
2594 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2594 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2595 2595
2596 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2596 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2597 2597
2598 This variable defines the number of retries for 2598 This variable defines the number of retries for
2599 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2599 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2600 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2600 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2601 default value of 5 is used. 2601 default value of 5 is used.
2602 2602
2603 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2603 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2604 2604
2605 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2605 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2606 2606
2607 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2607 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2608 2608
2609 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2609 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2610 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2610 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2611 try longer timeout such as 2611 try longer timeout such as
2612 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2612 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2613 2613
2614 - Command Interpreter: 2614 - Command Interpreter:
2615 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2615 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2616 2616
2617 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2617 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2618 2618
2619 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet 2619 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2620 for the "hush" shell. 2620 for the "hush" shell.
2621 2621
2622 2622
2623 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER 2623 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
2624 2624
2625 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 2625 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2626 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 2626 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2627 powerful command line syntax like 2627 powerful command line syntax like
2628 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 2628 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2629 constructs ("shell scripts"). 2629 constructs ("shell scripts").
2630 2630
2631 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 2631 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2632 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 2632 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2633 2633
2634 2634
2635 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2635 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2636 2636
2637 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2637 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2638 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2638 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2639 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2639 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2640 2640
2641 Note: 2641 Note:
2642 2642
2643 In the current implementation, the local variables 2643 In the current implementation, the local variables
2644 space and global environment variables space are 2644 space and global environment variables space are
2645 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2645 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2646 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2646 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2647 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2647 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2648 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2648 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2649 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2649 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2650 2650
2651 Global environment variables are those you use 2651 Global environment variables are those you use
2652 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2652 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2653 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2653 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2654 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2654 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2655 2655
2656 To store commands and special characters in a 2656 To store commands and special characters in a
2657 variable, please use double quotation marks 2657 variable, please use double quotation marks
2658 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2658 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2659 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2659 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2660 symbols. 2660 symbols.
2661 2661
2662 - Commandline Editing and History: 2662 - Commandline Editing and History:
2663 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2663 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2664 2664
2665 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2665 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2666 commandline input operations 2666 commandline input operations
2667 2667
2668 - Default Environment: 2668 - Default Environment:
2669 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2669 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2670 2670
2671 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2671 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2672 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2672 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2673 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2673 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2674 2674
2675 For example, place something like this in your 2675 For example, place something like this in your
2676 board's config file: 2676 board's config file:
2677 2677
2678 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2678 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2679 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2679 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2680 "myvar2=value2\0" 2680 "myvar2=value2\0"
2681 2681
2682 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2682 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2683 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2683 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2684 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2684 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2685 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2685 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2686 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2686 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2687 You better know what you are doing here. 2687 You better know what you are doing here.
2688 2688
2689 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2689 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2690 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2690 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2691 the environment like the "source" command or the 2691 the environment like the "source" command or the
2692 boot command first. 2692 boot command first.
2693 2693
2694 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2694 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2695 2695
2696 Define this in order to add variables describing the 2696 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2697 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2697 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2698 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2698 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2699 2699
2700 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2700 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2701 2701
2702 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2702 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2703 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2703 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2704 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2704 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2705 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2705 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2706 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2706 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2707 2707
2708 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2708 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2709 2709
2710 Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2710 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2711 run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2711 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2712 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2712 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2713 2713
2714 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2714 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2715 2715
2716 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2716 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2717 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2717 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2718 that so that the environment is not available until 2718 that so that the environment is not available until
2719 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2719 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2720 this is instead controlled by the value of 2720 this is instead controlled by the value of
2721 /config/load-environment. 2721 /config/load-environment.
2722 2722
2723 - DataFlash Support: 2723 - DataFlash Support:
2724 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2724 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2725 2725
2726 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2726 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2727 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2727 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2728 commands cp, md... 2728 commands cp, md...
2729 2729
2730 - Serial Flash support 2730 - Serial Flash support
2731 CONFIG_CMD_SF 2731 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2732 2732
2733 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2733 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2734 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2734 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2735 2735
2736 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2736 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2737 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2737 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2738 commands. 2738 commands.
2739 2739
2740 The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2740 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2741 to handle the common case when only a single serial 2741 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2742 flash is present on the system. 2742 flash is present on the system.
2743 2743
2744 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2744 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2745 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2745 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2746 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2746 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2747 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2747 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2748 2748
2749 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 2749 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2750 2750
2751 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 2751 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2752 test ('sf test'). 2752 test ('sf test').
2753 2753
2754 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg 2754 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2755 2755
2756 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr 2756 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2757 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. 2757 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2758 2758
2759 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2760
2761 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2762 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2763 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2764
2759 - SystemACE Support: 2765 - SystemACE Support:
2760 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2766 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2761 2767
2762 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2768 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2763 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2769 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
2764 of the chip must also be defined in the 2770 of the chip must also be defined in the
2765 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2771 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
2766 2772
2767 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2773 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2768 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2774 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
2769 2775
2770 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2776 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2771 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2777 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2772 2778
2773 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2779 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2774 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2780 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2775 2781
2776 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2782 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
2777 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2783 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
2778 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2784 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
2779 number generator is used. 2785 number generator is used.
2780 2786
2781 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2787 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2782 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2788 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2783 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2789 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2784 2790
2785 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2791 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
2786 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2792 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2787 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2793 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2788 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2794 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2789 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2795 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2790 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2796 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2791 but sometimes that is not allowed. 2797 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2792 2798
2793 - Hashing support: 2799 - Hashing support:
2794 CONFIG_CMD_HASH 2800 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2795 2801
2796 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 2802 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2797 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 2803 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2798 2804
2799 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 2805 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2800 2806
2801 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 2807 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2802 size a little. 2808 size a little.
2803 2809
2804 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing 2810 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2805 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing 2811 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2806 2812
2807 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 2813 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2808 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 2814 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2809 2815
2810 - Freescale i.MX specific commands: 2816 - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2811 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT 2817 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2812 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an 2818 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2813 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. 2819 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2814 2820
2815 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE 2821 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2816 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing 2822 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2817 a boot from specific media. 2823 a boot from specific media.
2818 2824
2819 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to 2825 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2820 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating 2826 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2821 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal 2827 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2822 will set it back to normal. This command currently 2828 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2823 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. 2829 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2824 2830
2825 - Signing support: 2831 - Signing support:
2826 CONFIG_RSA 2832 CONFIG_RSA
2827 2833
2828 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification 2834 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2829 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information. 2835 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2830 2836
2831 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this 2837 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2832 option. 2838 option.
2833 2839
2834 2840
2835 - Show boot progress: 2841 - Show boot progress:
2836 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2842 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2837 2843
2838 Defining this option allows to add some board- 2844 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2839 specific code (calling a user-provided function 2845 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2840 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2846 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2841 the system's boot progress on some display (for 2847 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2842 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2848 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2843 the following checkpoints are implemented: 2849 the following checkpoints are implemented:
2844 2850
2845 - Detailed boot stage timing 2851 - Detailed boot stage timing
2846 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE 2852 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2847 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage 2853 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2848 of the boot process. 2854 of the boot process.
2849 2855
2850 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT 2856 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2851 This is the number of available user bootstage records. 2857 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2852 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) 2858 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2853 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed 2859 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2854 the limit, recording will stop. 2860 the limit, recording will stop.
2855 2861
2856 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT 2862 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2857 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: 2863 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2858 2864
2859 Timer summary in microseconds: 2865 Timer summary in microseconds:
2860 Mark Elapsed Stage 2866 Mark Elapsed Stage
2861 0 0 reset 2867 0 0 reset
2862 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start 2868 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2863 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 2869 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2864 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done 2870 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2865 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start 2871 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2866 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop 2872 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2867 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start 2873 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2868 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel 2874 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2869 2875
2870 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE 2876 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2871 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report 2877 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2872 and un/stashing of bootstage data. 2878 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2873 2879
2874 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT 2880 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2875 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' 2881 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2876 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child 2882 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2877 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the 2883 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2878 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the 2884 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2879 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. 2885 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2880 For example: 2886 For example:
2881 2887
2882 bootstage { 2888 bootstage {
2883 154 { 2889 154 {
2884 name = "board_init_f"; 2890 name = "board_init_f";
2885 mark = <3575678>; 2891 mark = <3575678>;
2886 }; 2892 };
2887 170 { 2893 170 {
2888 name = "lcd"; 2894 name = "lcd";
2889 accum = <33482>; 2895 accum = <33482>;
2890 }; 2896 };
2891 }; 2897 };
2892 2898
2893 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. 2899 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2894 2900
2895 Legacy uImage format: 2901 Legacy uImage format:
2896 2902
2897 Arg Where When 2903 Arg Where When
2898 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2904 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
2899 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2905 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
2900 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2906 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
2901 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2907 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
2902 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2908 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
2903 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2909 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
2904 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2910 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2905 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2911 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2906 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2912 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2907 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2913 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
2908 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2914 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2909 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2915 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2910 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2916 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2911 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2917 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
2912 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2918 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
2913 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2919 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
2914 2920
2915 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2921 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2916 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2922 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2917 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2923 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2918 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2924 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2919 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2925 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2920 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2926 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2921 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2927 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
2922 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2928 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
2923 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2929 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2924 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2930 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2925 2931
2926 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2932 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
2927 2933
2928 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2934 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
2929 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 2935 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2930 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 2936 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
2931 2937
2932 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 2938 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2933 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 2939 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2934 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 2940 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2935 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 2941 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2936 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 2942 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2937 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2943 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2938 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 2944 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2939 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 2945 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2940 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 2946 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2941 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 2947 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2942 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2948 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2943 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 2949 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2944 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2950 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2945 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 2951 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2946 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 2952 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2947 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 2953 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2948 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 2954 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2949 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 2955 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2950 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 2956 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2951 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 2957 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2952 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 2958 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2953 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 2959 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2954 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 2960 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2955 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 2961 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2956 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 2962 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2957 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 2963 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2958 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2964 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2959 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 2965 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2960 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 2966 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2961 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 2967 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2962 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 2968 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2963 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 2969 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2964 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 2970 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2965 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 2971 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2966 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 2972 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2967 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 2973 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2968 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 2974 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2969 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 2975 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2970 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 2976 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2971 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2977 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2972 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 2978 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2973 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2979 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2974 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 2980 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2975 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 2981 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2976 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 2982 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2977 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 2983 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2978 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 2984 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
2979 2985
2980 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 2986 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
2981 2987
2982 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 2988 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
2983 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 2989 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2984 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 2990 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
2985 2991
2986 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 2992 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2987 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() 2993 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
2988 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred 2994 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
2989 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error 2995 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2990 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 2996 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2991 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 2997 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
2992 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 2998 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2993 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 2999 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
2994 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 3000 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
2995 3001
2996 FIT uImage format: 3002 FIT uImage format:
2997 3003
2998 Arg Where When 3004 Arg Where When
2999 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 3005 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3000 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 3006 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3001 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 3007 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3002 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 3008 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3003 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 3009 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3004 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 3010 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
3005 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 3011 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
3006 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 3012 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3007 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 3013 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3008 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 3014 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3009 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 3015 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3010 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3016 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3011 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 3017 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3012 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 3018 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
3013 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 3019 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3014 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 3020 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3015 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 3021 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3016 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 3022 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3017 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 3023 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3018 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 3024 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3019 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 3025 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3020 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 3026 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3021 3027
3022 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3028 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3023 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 3029 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3024 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 3030 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
3025 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 3031 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
3026 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 3032 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3027 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 3033 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3028 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 3034 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3029 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 3035 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3030 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 3036 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3031 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 3037 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3032 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 3038 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3033 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 3039 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3034 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 3040 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3035 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 3041 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3036 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 3042 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3037 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 3043 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3038 3044
3039 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 3045 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
3040 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 3046 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3041 3047
3042 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 3048 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
3043 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 3049 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3044 3050
3045 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 3051 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
3046 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 3052 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3047 3053
3048 - FIT image support: 3054 - FIT image support:
3049 CONFIG_FIT 3055 CONFIG_FIT
3050 Enable support for the FIT uImage format. 3056 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3051 3057
3052 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH 3058 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3053 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the 3059 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3054 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of 3060 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3055 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the 3061 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3056 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. 3062 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3057 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. 3063 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3058 3064
3059 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE 3065 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3060 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, 3066 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3061 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See 3067 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3062 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. 3068 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3063 3069
3064 - Standalone program support: 3070 - Standalone program support:
3065 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 3071 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3066 3072
3067 This option defines a board specific value for the 3073 This option defines a board specific value for the
3068 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 3074 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3069 overwriting the architecture dependent default 3075 overwriting the architecture dependent default
3070 settings. 3076 settings.
3071 3077
3072 - Frame Buffer Address: 3078 - Frame Buffer Address:
3073 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 3079 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3074 3080
3075 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 3081 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
3076 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 3082 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3077 when using a graphics controller has separate video 3083 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3078 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 3084 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3079 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 3085 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3080 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 3086 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3081 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 3087 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3082 configured panel size. 3088 configured panel size.
3083 3089
3084 Please see board_init_f function. 3090 Please see board_init_f function.
3085 3091
3086 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 3092 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3087 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 3093 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3088 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 3094 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3089 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 3095 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3090 3096
3091 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 3097 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3092 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 3098 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3093 3099
3094 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 3100 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3095 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 3101 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3096 3102
3097 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 3103 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3098 Needed for mtdparts command support. 3104 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3099 3105
3100 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 3106 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3101 3107
3102 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 3108 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3103 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 3109 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3104 3110
3105 - UBI support 3111 - UBI support
3106 CONFIG_CMD_UBI 3112 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3107 3113
3108 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 3114 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3109 with the UBI flash translation layer 3115 with the UBI flash translation layer
3110 3116
3111 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 3117 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3112 3118
3113 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3119 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3114 3120
3115 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 3121 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3116 warnings and errors enabled. 3122 warnings and errors enabled.
3117 3123
3118 - UBIFS support 3124 - UBIFS support
3119 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 3125 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3120 3126
3121 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 3127 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3122 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 3128 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3123 3129
3124 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 3130 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3125 3131
3126 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3132 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3127 3133
3128 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 3134 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3129 warnings and errors enabled. 3135 warnings and errors enabled.
3130 3136
3131 - SPL framework 3137 - SPL framework
3132 CONFIG_SPL 3138 CONFIG_SPL
3133 Enable building of SPL globally. 3139 Enable building of SPL globally.
3134 3140
3135 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 3141 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3136 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 3142 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3137 3143
3138 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 3144 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3139 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 3145 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3140 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 3146 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3141 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3147 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3142 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3148 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3143 must not be both defined at the same time. 3149 must not be both defined at the same time.
3144 3150
3145 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 3151 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
3146 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 3152 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3147 linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 3153 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3148 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 3154 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3149 not exceed it. 3155 not exceed it.
3150 3156
3151 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 3157 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3152 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 3158 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
3153 3159
3154 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 3160 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3155 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 3161 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3156 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 3162 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3157 3163
3158 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 3164 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3159 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 3165 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3160 3166
3161 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3167 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3162 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 3168 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3163 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 3169 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3164 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3170 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3165 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3171 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3166 must not be both defined at the same time. 3172 must not be both defined at the same time.
3167 3173
3168 CONFIG_SPL_STACK 3174 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3169 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 3175 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3170 3176
3171 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 3177 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3172 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 3178 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3173 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 3179 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3174 CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 3180 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3175 3181
3176 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 3182 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3177 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3183 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3178 3184
3179 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 3185 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3180 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3186 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3181 3187
3182 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 3188 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3183 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 3189 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3184 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 3190 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3185 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 3191 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3186 3192
3187 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 3193 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3188 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 3194 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3189 about the running system. 3195 about the running system.
3190 3196
3191 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 3197 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3192 Arch init code should be built for a very small image 3198 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3193 3199
3194 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 3200 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3195 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 3201 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
3196 3202
3197 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 3203 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3198 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 3204 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
3199 3205
3200 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 3206 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3201 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 3207 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
3202 3208
3203 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 3209 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3204 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 3210 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
3205 3211
3206 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 3212 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3207 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 3213 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
3208 3214
3209 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 3215 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3210 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 3216 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3211 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION 3217 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3212 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 3218 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3213 when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 3219 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3214 3220
3215 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 3221 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3216 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 3222 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3217 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 3223 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3218 3224
3219 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 3225 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3220 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 3226 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3221 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 3227 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3222 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 3228 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3223 (for falcon mode) 3229 (for falcon mode)
3224 3230
3225 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 3231 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3226 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 3232 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3227 3233
3228 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 3234 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3229 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT 3235 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3230 3236
3231 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 3237 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3232 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 3238 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3233 from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3239 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3234 3240
3235 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 3241 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3236 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 3242 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3237 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3243 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3238 3244
3239 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 3245 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3240 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 3246 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3241 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 3247 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3242 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 3248 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3243 loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 3249 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3244 3250
3245 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 3251 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3246 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 3252 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3247 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 3253 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3248 3254
3249 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 3255 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3250 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 3256 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3251 3257
3252 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 3258 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3253 Include standard software ECC in the SPL 3259 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3254 3260
3255 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 3261 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
3256 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 3262 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3257 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 3263 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
3258 3264
3259 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT 3265 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3260 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for 3266 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3261 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. 3267 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3262 3268
3263 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR 3269 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3264 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in 3270 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3265 SPL binary. 3271 SPL binary.
3266 3272
3267 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 3273 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3268 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 3274 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3269 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 3275 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3270 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 3276 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3271 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 3277 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3272 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 3278 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
3273 to read U-Boot 3279 to read U-Boot
3274 3280
3275 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT 3281 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3276 Add support NAND boot 3282 Add support NAND boot
3277 3283
3278 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3284 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
3279 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3285 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3280 3286
3281 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3287 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3282 Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3288 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3283 3289
3284 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3290 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3285 Size of image to load 3291 Size of image to load
3286 3292
3287 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3293 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
3288 Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3294 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
3289 3295
3290 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3296 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3291 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3297 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3292 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. 3298 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3293 3299
3294 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3300 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3295 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3301 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3296 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3302 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3297 3303
3298 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 3304 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3299 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 3305 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
3300 3306
3301 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 3307 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3302 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 3308 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
3303 3309
3304 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 3310 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3305 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 3311 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
3306 3312
3307 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3313 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3308 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3314 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3309 3315
3310 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 3316 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3311 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 3317 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
3312 3318
3313 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT 3319 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3314 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary 3320 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3315 3321
3316 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT 3322 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3317 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. 3323 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3318 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by 3324 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3319 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE 3325 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3320 3326
3321 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3327 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
3322 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3328 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3323 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3329 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3324 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3330 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3325 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3331 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3326 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3332 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3327 3333
3328 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3334 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3329 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3335 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3330 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3336 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3331 example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3337 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3332 3338
3333 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3339 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3334 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3340 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3335 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3341 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3336 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3342 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3337 bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3343 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3338 3344
3339 - TPL framework 3345 - TPL framework
3340 CONFIG_TPL 3346 CONFIG_TPL
3341 Enable building of TPL globally. 3347 Enable building of TPL globally.
3342 3348
3343 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO 3349 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3344 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending 3350 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3345 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3351 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3346 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3352 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3347 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3353 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3348 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3354 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3349 3355
3350 Modem Support: 3356 Modem Support:
3351 -------------- 3357 --------------
3352 3358
3353 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 3359 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
3354 3360
3355 - Modem support enable: 3361 - Modem support enable:
3356 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 3362 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3357 3363
3358 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 3364 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3359 CONFIG_HWFLOW 3365 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3360 3366
3361 - Modem debug support: 3367 - Modem debug support:
3362 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 3368 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3363 3369
3364 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 3370 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3365 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 3371 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
3366 3372
3367 - Interrupt support (PPC): 3373 - Interrupt support (PPC):
3368 3374
3369 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3375 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3370 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3376 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
3371 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3377 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
3372 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3378 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
3373 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3379 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
3374 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3380 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
3375 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3381 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
3376 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3382 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3377 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3383 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3378 general timer_interrupt(). 3384 general timer_interrupt().
3379 3385
3380 - General: 3386 - General:
3381 3387
3382 In the target system modem support is enabled when a 3388 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3383 specific key (key combination) is pressed during 3389 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3384 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 3390 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
3385 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 3391 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
3386 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 3392 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3387 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 3393 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3388 initialization. 3394 initialization.
3389 3395
3390 If there are no modem init strings in the 3396 If there are no modem init strings in the
3391 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 3397 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3392 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 3398 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
3393 suppressed, though. 3399 suppressed, though.
3394 3400
3395 See also: doc/README.Modem 3401 See also: doc/README.Modem
3396 3402
3397 Board initialization settings: 3403 Board initialization settings:
3398 ------------------------------ 3404 ------------------------------
3399 3405
3400 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3406 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3401 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3407 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3402 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3408 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3403 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3409 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3404 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3410 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3405 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3411 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3406 3412
3407 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3413 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3408 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3414 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3409 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3415 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3410 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3416 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
3411 3417
3412 Configuration Settings: 3418 Configuration Settings:
3413 ----------------------- 3419 -----------------------
3414 3420
3415 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3421 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
3416 undefine this when you're short of memory. 3422 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3417 3423
3418 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3424 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3419 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3425 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3420 3426
3421 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3427 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
3422 prompt for user input. 3428 prompt for user input.
3423 3429
3424 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3430 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
3425 3431
3426 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3432 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
3427 3433
3428 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3434 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
3429 3435
3430 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3436 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
3431 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3437 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3432 booted 3438 booted
3433 3439
3434 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3440 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
3435 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3441 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3436 3442
3437 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3443 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
3438 Suppress display of console information at boot. 3444 Suppress display of console information at boot.
3439 3445
3440 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3446 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
3441 If the board specific function 3447 If the board specific function
3442 extern int overwrite_console (void); 3448 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3443 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3449 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
3444 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3450 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3445 3451
3446 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3452 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
3447 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3453 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
3448 3454
3449 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3455 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
3450 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3456 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3451 3457
3452 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3458 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
3453 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3459 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3454 simple memory test. 3460 simple memory test.
3455 3461
3456 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3462 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
3457 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3463 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
3458 3464
3459 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3465 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
3460 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3466 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3461 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3467 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3462 3468
3463 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 3469 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3464 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3470 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
3465 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3471 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
3466 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3472 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
3467 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3473 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3468 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3474 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3469 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3475 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
3470 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3476 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
3471 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3477 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
3472 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3478 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
3473 3479
3474 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3480 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3475 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3481 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3476 be touched. 3482 be touched.
3477 3483
3478 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3484 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3479 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3485 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3480 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3486 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3481 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3487 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3482 problems. 3488 problems.
3483 3489
3484 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3490 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
3485 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3491 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3486 3492
3487 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3493 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
3488 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3494 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3489 3495
3490 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3496 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
3491 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3497 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3492 Cogent motherboard) 3498 Cogent motherboard)
3493 3499
3494 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3500 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
3495 Physical start address of Flash memory. 3501 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3496 3502
3497 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3503 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
3498 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3504 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3499 make config files to be same as the text base address 3505 make config files to be same as the text base address
3500 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3506 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
3501 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3507 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
3502 3508
3503 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3509 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
3504 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3510 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3505 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3511 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3506 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3512 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3507 flash sector. 3513 flash sector.
3508 3514
3509 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3515 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
3510 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3516 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3511 3517
3512 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3518 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
3513 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3519 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3514 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3520 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
3515 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3521 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
3516 to adjust this setting to your needs. 3522 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3517 3523
3518 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3524 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
3519 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3525 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3520 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3526 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
3521 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3527 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3522 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3528 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3523 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3529 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3524 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3530 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
3525 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3531 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
3526 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3532 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3527 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3533 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3528 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3534 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
3529 3535
3530 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3536 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3531 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3537 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3532 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3538 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3533 is enabled. 3539 is enabled.
3534 3540
3535 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3541 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3536 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3542 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3537 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3543 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3538 3544
3539 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3545 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3540 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3546 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3541 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3547 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3542 3548
3543 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3549 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
3544 Max number of Flash memory banks 3550 Max number of Flash memory banks
3545 3551
3546 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3552 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
3547 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3553 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3548 3554
3549 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3555 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
3550 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3556 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3551 3557
3552 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3558 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
3553 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3559 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3554 3560
3555 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3561 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
3556 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3562 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3557 3563
3558 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3564 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
3559 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3565 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3560 3566
3561 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3567 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
3562 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3568 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3563 instead of U-Boot software protection. 3569 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3564 3570
3565 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3571 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
3566 3572
3567 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3573 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3568 without this option such a download has to be 3574 without this option such a download has to be
3569 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3575 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3570 copy from RAM to flash. 3576 copy from RAM to flash.
3571 3577
3572 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3578 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3573 you can check if the download worked before you erase 3579 you can check if the download worked before you erase
3574 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3580 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3575 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3581 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
3576 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3582 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3577 3583
3578 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3584 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
3579 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3585 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
3580 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3586 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3581 3587
3582 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3588 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
3583 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3589 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3584 in the drivers directory 3590 in the drivers directory
3585 3591
3586 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3592 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3587 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3593 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3588 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3594 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3589 to the MTD layer. 3595 to the MTD layer.
3590 3596
3591 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3597 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
3592 Use buffered writes to flash. 3598 Use buffered writes to flash.
3593 3599
3594 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3600 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3595 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3601 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3596 write commands. 3602 write commands.
3597 3603
3598 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3604 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
3599 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3605 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3600 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3606 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3601 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3607 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3602 optionally available. 3608 optionally available.
3603 3609
3604 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3610 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3605 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3611 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3606 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3612 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3607 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3613 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3608 3614
3609 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3615 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3610 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3616 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3611 against the source after the write operation. An error message 3617 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3612 will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3618 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3613 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3619 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3614 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3620 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3615 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3621 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3616 this option if you really know what you are doing. 3622 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3617 3623
3618 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3624 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
3619 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3625 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3620 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3626 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
3621 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3627 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3622 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3628 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
3623 on high Ethernet traffic. 3629 on high Ethernet traffic.
3624 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3630 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3625 3631
3626 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3632 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3627 3633
3628 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3634 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3629 internally to store the environment settings. The default 3635 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3630 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3636 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3631 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3637 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3632 lib/hashtable.c for details. 3638 lib/hashtable.c for details.
3633 3639
3634 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3640 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3635 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3641 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3636 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when 3642 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
3637 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3643 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3638 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3644 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3639 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3645 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3640 3646
3641 The format of the list is: 3647 The format of the list is:
3642 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3648 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
3643 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] 3649 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3644 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] 3650 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
3645 entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3651 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3646 list = entry[,list] 3652 list = entry[,list]
3647 3653
3648 The type attributes are: 3654 The type attributes are:
3649 s - String (default) 3655 s - String (default)
3650 d - Decimal 3656 d - Decimal
3651 x - Hexadecimal 3657 x - Hexadecimal
3652 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 3658 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3653 i - IP address 3659 i - IP address
3654 m - MAC address 3660 m - MAC address
3655 3661
3656 The access attributes are: 3662 The access attributes are:
3657 a - Any (default) 3663 a - Any (default)
3658 r - Read-only 3664 r - Read-only
3659 o - Write-once 3665 o - Write-once
3660 c - Change-default 3666 c - Change-default
3661 3667
3662 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3668 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3663 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 3669 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3664 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 3670 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3665 3671
3666 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3672 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3667 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 3673 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3668 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 3674 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3669 environment variable. To override a setting in the static 3675 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3670 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 3676 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3671 ".flags" variable. 3677 ".flags" variable.
3672 3678
3673 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 3679 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3674 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 3680 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3675 access flags. 3681 access flags.
3676 3682
3677 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD 3683 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3678 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the 3684 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3679 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards 3685 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3680 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the 3686 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3681 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and 3687 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3682 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture 3688 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3683 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in 3689 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3684 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on 3690 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3685 your board please report the problem and send patches! 3691 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3686 3692
3687 - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS 3693 - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3688 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols 3694 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3689 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an 3695 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3690 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than 3696 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3691 directly. You should not need to touch this setting. 3697 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3692 3698
3693 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 3699 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3694 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 3700 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3695 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 3701 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3696 the value can be calulated on a given board. 3702 the value can be calulated on a given board.
3697 3703
3698 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 3704 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3699 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 3705 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3700 following configurations: 3706 following configurations:
3701 3707
3702 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 3708 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3703 3709
3704 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 3710 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3705 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 3711 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3706 3712
3707 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 3713 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
3708 3714
3709 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 3715 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3710 3716
3711 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 3717 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3712 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 3718 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3713 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 3719 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3714 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 3720 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3715 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 3721 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3716 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 3722 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3717 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 3723 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3718 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 3724 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3719 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 3725 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3720 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 3726 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3721 between U-Boot and the environment. 3727 between U-Boot and the environment.
3722 3728
3723 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3729 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3724 3730
3725 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 3731 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3726 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 3732 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3727 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 3733 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3728 for this sector is given here. 3734 for this sector is given here.
3729 3735
3730 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 3736 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
3731 3737
3732 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3738 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3733 3739
3734 This is just another way to specify the start address of 3740 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3735 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 3741 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
3736 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 3742 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
3737 3743
3738 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3744 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3739 3745
3740 Size of the sector containing the environment. 3746 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3741 3747
3742 3748
3743 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 3749 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3744 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 3750 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3745 the environment. 3751 the environment.
3746 3752
3747 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3753 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3748 3754
3749 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 3755 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
3750 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 3756 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
3751 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 3757 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3752 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 3758 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3753 3759
3754 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 3760 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3755 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 3761 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3756 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 3762 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3757 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 3763 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3758 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 3764 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3759 updating the environment in flash makes it always 3765 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3760 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 3766 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3761 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 3767 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3762 RAM, your target system will be dead. 3768 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3763 3769
3764 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 3770 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3765 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 3771 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
3766 3772
3767 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 3773 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
3768 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 3774 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3769 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 3775 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
3770 a "saveenv" operation. 3776 a "saveenv" operation.
3771 3777
3772 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 3778 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3773 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 3779 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3774 accordingly! 3780 accordingly!
3775 3781
3776 3782
3777 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 3783 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
3778 3784
3779 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 3785 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3780 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 3786 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3781 environment. 3787 environment.
3782 3788
3783 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3789 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3784 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3790 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3785 3791
3786 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 3792 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
3787 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 3793 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3788 can just be read and written to, without any special 3794 can just be read and written to, without any special
3789 provision. 3795 provision.
3790 3796
3791 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 3797 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3792 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 3798 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
3793 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 3799 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
3794 U-Boot will hang. 3800 U-Boot will hang.
3795 3801
3796 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 3802 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3797 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 3803 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3798 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 3804 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3799 to save the current settings. 3805 to save the current settings.
3800 3806
3801 3807
3802 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 3808 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
3803 3809
3804 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 3810 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3805 device and a driver for it. 3811 device and a driver for it.
3806 3812
3807 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3813 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3808 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3814 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3809 3815
3810 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3816 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3811 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 3817 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3812 3818
3813 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 3819 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
3814 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 3820 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3815 The default address is zero. 3821 The default address is zero.
3816 3822
3817 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 3823 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
3818 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 3824 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3819 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 3825 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3820 would require six bits. 3826 would require six bits.
3821 3827
3822 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 3828 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
3823 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 3829 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
3824 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 3830 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
3825 3831
3826 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 3832 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
3827 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 3833 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3828 that this is NOT the chip address length! 3834 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3829 3835
3830 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 3836 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
3831 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 3837 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3832 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 3838 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3833 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 3839 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3834 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 3840 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3835 byte chips. 3841 byte chips.
3836 3842
3837 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 3843 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3838 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 3844 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3839 in the chip address. 3845 in the chip address.
3840 3846
3841 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 3847 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
3842 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 3848 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3843 3849
3844 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 3850 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3845 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 3851 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3846 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 3852 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3847 3853
3848 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 3854 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3849 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 3855 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3850 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 3856 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3851 EEPROM. For example: 3857 EEPROM. For example:
3852 3858
3853 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 3859 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
3854 3860
3855 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 3861 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3856 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 3862 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
3857 3863
3858 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 3864 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
3859 3865
3860 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 3866 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
3861 want to use for the environment. 3867 want to use for the environment.
3862 3868
3863 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3869 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3864 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3870 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3865 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3871 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3866 3872
3867 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 3873 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3868 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 3874 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3869 at the specified address. 3875 at the specified address.
3870 3876
3871 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 3877 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3872 3878
3873 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 3879 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3874 want to use for the local device's environment. 3880 want to use for the local device's environment.
3875 3881
3876 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3882 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3877 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3883 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3878 3884
3879 These two #defines specify the address and size of the 3885 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3880 environment area within the remote memory space. The 3886 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3881 local device can get the environment from remote memory 3887 local device can get the environment from remote memory
3882 space by SRIO or PCIE links. 3888 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
3883 3889
3884 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 3890 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3885 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 3891 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
3886 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 3892 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3887 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 3893 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
3888 3894
3889 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 3895 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
3890 3896
3891 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 3897 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3892 for the environment. 3898 for the environment.
3893 3899
3894 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3900 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3895 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3901 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3896 3902
3897 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3903 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3898 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 3904 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3899 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3905 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3900 3906
3901 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3907 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3902 3908
3903 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 3909 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3904 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 3910 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3905 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 3911 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
3906 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 3912 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
3907 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3913 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3908 3914
3909 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 3915 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3910 3916
3911 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 3917 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3912 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 3918 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3913 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 3919 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3914 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 3920 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3915 the range to be avoided. 3921 the range to be avoided.
3916 3922
3917 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 3923 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3918 3924
3919 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 3925 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3920 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 3926 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3921 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 3927 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3922 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 3928 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3923 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 3929 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
3924 3930
3925 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 3931 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3926 3932
3927 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 3933 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3928 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 3934 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3929 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3935 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3930 3936
3931 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 3937 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3932 3938
3933 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 3939 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3934 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 3940 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3935 accesses, which is important on NAND. 3941 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3936 3942
3937 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 3943 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3938 3944
3939 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 3945 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3940 3946
3941 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 3947 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3942 3948
3943 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 3949 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3944 environment in. 3950 environment in.
3945 3951
3946 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 3952 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3947 3953
3948 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 3954 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3949 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 3955 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3950 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 3956 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3951 3957
3952 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3958 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3953 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3959 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3954 3960
3955 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 3961 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3956 when storing the env in UBI. 3962 when storing the env in UBI.
3957 3963
3958 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 3964 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3959 3965
3960 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 3966 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3961 environment. 3967 environment.
3962 3968
3963 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 3969 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3964 3970
3965 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 3971 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3966 3972
3967 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 3973 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3968 3974
3969 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 3975 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3970 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 3976 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3971 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 3977 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3972 3978
3973 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3979 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3974 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3980 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3975 3981
3976 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3982 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3977 area within the specified MMC device. 3983 area within the specified MMC device.
3978 3984
3979 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 3985 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3980 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 3986 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3981 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 3987 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3982 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 3988 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3983 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 3989 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3984 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 3990 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3985 maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 3991 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3986 3992
3987 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 3993 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3988 MMC sector boundary. 3994 MMC sector boundary.
3989 3995
3990 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3996 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3991 3997
3992 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 3998 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3993 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 3999 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3994 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 4000 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3995 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 4001 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3996 4002
3997 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 4003 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3998 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 4004 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3999 4005
4000 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 4006 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4001 an MMC sector boundary. 4007 an MMC sector boundary.
4002 4008
4003 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 4009 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4004 4010
4005 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 4011 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4006 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 4012 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4007 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4013 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4008 4014
4009 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 4015 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
4010 4016
4011 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 4017 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4012 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 4018 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4013 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 4019 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4014 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 4020 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4015 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 4021 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4016 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 4022 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4017 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 4023 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4018 4024
4019 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 4025 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
4020 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 4026 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
4021 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 4027 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
4022 until then to read environment variables. 4028 until then to read environment variables.
4023 4029
4024 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 4030 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4025 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 4031 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4026 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 4032 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4027 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 4033 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4028 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 4034 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4029 have any device yet where we could complain.] 4035 have any device yet where we could complain.]
4030 4036
4031 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 4037 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4032 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 4038 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
4033 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 4039 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
4034 4040
4035 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 4041 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
4036 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 4042 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
4037 4043
4038 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 4044 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
4039 also needs to be defined. 4045 also needs to be defined.
4040 4046
4041 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 4047 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
4042 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 4048 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
4043 4049
4044 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 4050 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4045 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 4051 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4046 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 4052 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4047 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 4053 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4048 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 4054 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4049 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 4055 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4050 4056
4051 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 4057 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4052 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 4058 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4053 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 4059 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4054 to do this. 4060 to do this.
4055 4061
4056 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 4062 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4057 Similar to the previous option, but display this information 4063 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4058 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 4064 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4059 present. 4065 present.
4060 4066
4061 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 4067 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
4062 --------------------------------------------------- 4068 ---------------------------------------------------
4063 4069
4064 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 4070 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
4065 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 4071 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4066 4072
4067 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 4073 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
4068 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 4074 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
4069 4075
4070 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 4076 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4071 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 4077 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4072 the IMMR register after a reset. 4078 the IMMR register after a reset.
4073 4079
4074 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 4080 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4075 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 4081 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4076 PowerPC SOCs. 4082 PowerPC SOCs.
4077 4083
4078 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 4084 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4079 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 4085 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4080 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 4086 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4081 4087
4082 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 4088 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4083 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 4089 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4084 4090
4085 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 4091 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4086 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 4092 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4087 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 4093 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
4088 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 4094 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
4089 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 4095 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4090 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 4096 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4091 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 4097 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4092 4098
4093 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 4099 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4094 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 4100 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4095 4101
4096 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 4102 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4097 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 4103 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4098 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 4104 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
4099 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4105 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4100 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4106 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4101 4107
4102 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 4108 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4103 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 4109 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4104 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4110 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4105 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4111 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4106 4112
4107 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 4113 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4108 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 4114 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4109 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 4115 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4110 4116
4111 - Floppy Disk Support: 4117 - Floppy Disk Support:
4112 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 4118 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
4113 4119
4114 the default drive number (default value 0) 4120 the default drive number (default value 0)
4115 4121
4116 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 4122 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
4117 4123
4118 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 4124 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
4119 (default value 1) 4125 (default value 1)
4120 4126
4121 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 4127 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
4122 4128
4123 defines the offset of register from address. It 4129 defines the offset of register from address. It
4124 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 4130 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
4125 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 4131 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
4126 4132
4127 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 4133 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4128 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 4134 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
4129 default value. 4135 default value.
4130 4136
4131 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 4137 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
4132 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 4138 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4133 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 4139 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4134 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 4140 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4135 initializations. 4141 initializations.
4136 4142
4137 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 4143 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4138 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 4144 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4139 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 4145 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4140 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 4146 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4141 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 4147 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4142 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 4148 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4143 is requierd. 4149 is requierd.
4144 4150
4145 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 4151 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
4146 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 4152 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
4147 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 4153 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
4148 4154
4149 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 4155 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
4150 4156
4151 Start address of memory area that can be used for 4157 Start address of memory area that can be used for
4152 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 4158 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4153 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 4159 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4154 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 4160 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4155 will become available only after programming the 4161 will become available only after programming the
4156 memory controller and running certain initialization 4162 memory controller and running certain initialization
4157 sequences. 4163 sequences.
4158 4164
4159 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 4165 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4160 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 4166 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4161 - MPC824X: data cache 4167 - MPC824X: data cache
4162 - PPC4xx: data cache 4168 - PPC4xx: data cache
4163 4169
4164 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 4170 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
4165 4171
4166 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 4172 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
4167 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 4173 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4168 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 4174 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
4169 data is located at the end of the available space 4175 data is located at the end of the available space
4170 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 4176 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
4171 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 4177 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4172 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 4178 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4173 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 4179 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
4174 4180
4175 Note: 4181 Note:
4176 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 4182 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4177 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 4183 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
4178 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 4184 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
4179 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 4185 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4180 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 4186 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4181 4187
4182 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 4188 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
4183 4189
4184 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 4190 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
4185 4191
4186 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 4192 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
4187 4193
4188 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 4194 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
4189 4195
4190 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 4196 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
4191 4197
4192 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 4198 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
4193 4199
4194 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 4200 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
4195 SDRAM timing 4201 SDRAM timing
4196 4202
4197 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 4203 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
4198 periodic timer for refresh 4204 periodic timer for refresh
4199 4205
4200 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 4206 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
4201 4207
4202 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 4208 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4203 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 4209 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4204 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 4210 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4205 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 4211 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
4206 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 4212 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4207 4213
4208 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 4214 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
4209 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 4215 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4210 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 4216 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
4211 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 4217 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4212 4218
4213 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 4219 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4214 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 4220 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
4215 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 4221 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4216 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 4222 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4217 4223
4218 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4224 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4219 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4225 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4220 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 4226 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4221 4227
4222 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4228 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4223 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4229 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4224 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 4230 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4225 4231
4226 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4232 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4227 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4233 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4228 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 4234 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4229 4235
4230 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 4236 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
4231 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 4237 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4232 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 4238 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4233 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 4239 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4234 4240
4235 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 4241 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
4236 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 4242 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4237 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 4243 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4238 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 4244 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4239 cpm_8260.h. 4245 cpm_8260.h.
4240 4246
4241 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4247 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4242 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 4248 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4243 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 4249 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4244 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4250 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4245 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 4251 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4246 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 4252 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4247 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 4253 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4248 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 4254 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
4249 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 4255 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
4250 4256
4251 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 4257 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4252 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 4258 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4253 required. 4259 required.
4254 4260
4255 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 4261 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4256 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. 4262 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4257 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 4263 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4258 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 4264 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4259 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 4265 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4260 by coreboot or similar. 4266 by coreboot or similar.
4261 4267
4262 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 4268 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4263 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 4269 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4264 4270
4265 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 4271 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4266 Chip has SRIO or not 4272 Chip has SRIO or not
4267 4273
4268 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 4274 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
4269 Board has SRIO 1 port available 4275 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4270 4276
4271 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 4277 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
4272 Board has SRIO 2 port available 4278 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4273 4279
4274 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 4280 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4275 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 4281 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4276 4282
4277 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 4283 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4278 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4284 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4279 4285
4280 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 4286 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4281 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4287 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4282 4288
4283 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 4289 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4284 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4290 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4285 4291
4286 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 4292 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4287 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 4293 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4288 a 16 bit bus. 4294 a 16 bit bus.
4289 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 4295 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
4290 Example of drivers that use it: 4296 Example of drivers that use it:
4291 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 4297 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
4292 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 4298 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
4293 4299
4294 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 4300 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4295 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4301 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4296 a default value will be used. 4302 a default value will be used.
4297 4303
4298 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4304 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
4299 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4305 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4300 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4306 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4301 4307
4302 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4308 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4303 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4309 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4304 4310
4305 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4311 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
4306 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4312 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4307 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4313 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4308 to something your driver can deal with. 4314 to something your driver can deal with.
4309 4315
4310 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4316 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4311 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4317 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4312 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4318 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4313 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4319 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4314 header files or board specific files. 4320 header files or board specific files.
4315 4321
4316 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4322 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4317 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4323 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4318 4324
4319 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4325 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
4320 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4326 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4321 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4327 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
4322 4328
4323 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4329 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4324 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4330 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4325 4331
4326 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4332 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4327 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4333 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
4328 to the given FEC; i. e. 4334 to the given FEC; i. e.
4329 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4335 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
4330 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4336 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4331 4337
4332 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4338 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4333 4339
4334 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4340 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4335 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4341 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4336 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4342 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4337 4343
4338 - CONFIG_RMII 4344 - CONFIG_RMII
4339 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4345 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4340 Note that this is a global option, we can't 4346 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4341 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4347 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4342 4348
4343 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4349 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4344 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4350 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4345 The syntax is: 4351 The syntax is:
4346 4352
4347 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4353 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4348 4354
4349 Where address/count indicate a memory area 4355 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4350 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4356 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4351 area should have. 4357 area should have.
4352 4358
4353 - CONFIG_LOOPW 4359 - CONFIG_LOOPW
4354 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4360 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
4355 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4361 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4356 4362
4357 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4363 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4358 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4364 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4359 "md/mw" commands. 4365 "md/mw" commands.
4360 Examples: 4366 Examples:
4361 4367
4362 => mdc.b 10 4 500 4368 => mdc.b 10 4 500
4363 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4369 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4364 4370
4365 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4371 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
4366 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4372 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4367 4373
4368 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4374 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
4369 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4375 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4370 4376
4371 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4377 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
4372 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4378 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
4373 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4379 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4374 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4380 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4375 relocate itself into RAM. 4381 relocate itself into RAM.
4376 4382
4377 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4383 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4378 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4384 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4379 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4385 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4380 these initializations itself. 4386 these initializations itself.
4381 4387
4382 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4388 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
4383 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4389 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4384 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4390 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4385 compiling a NAND SPL. 4391 compiling a NAND SPL.
4386 4392
4387 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD 4393 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4388 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4394 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4389 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. 4395 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4390 It is loaded by the SPL. 4396 It is loaded by the SPL.
4391 4397
4392 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC 4398 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4393 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section 4399 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4394 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the 4400 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4395 previous 4k of the .text section. 4401 previous 4k of the .text section.
4396 4402
4397 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4403 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4398 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4404 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4399 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4405 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4400 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4406 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4401 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4407 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4402 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4408 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4403 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4409 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4404 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4410 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4405 4411
4406 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 4412 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4407 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 4413 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4408 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 4414 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4409 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 4415 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4410 conditions but may increase the binary size. 4416 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4411 4417
4412 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4418 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4413 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4419 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4414 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4420 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
4415 4421
4416 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4422 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4417 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4423 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4418 4424
4419 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4425 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
4420 4426
4421 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: 4427 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4422 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms 4428 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4423 4429
4424 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4430 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4425 ----------------------------------- 4431 -----------------------------------
4426 4432
4427 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4433 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4428 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4434 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4429 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4435 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4430 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4436 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4431 within that device. 4437 within that device.
4432 4438
4433 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4439 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4434 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 4440 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4435 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4441 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4436 is also specified. 4442 is also specified.
4437 4443
4438 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4444 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4439 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4445 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4440 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4446 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4441 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4447 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4442 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4448 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4443 4449
4444 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4450 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4445 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4451 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4446 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4452 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4447 virtual address in NOR flash. 4453 virtual address in NOR flash.
4448 4454
4449 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4455 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4450 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4456 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4451 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4457 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4452 4458
4453 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4459 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4454 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4460 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4455 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4461 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4456 4462
4457 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 4463 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4458 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 4464 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4459 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4465 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4460 4466
4461 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4467 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4462 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4468 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4463 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4469 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
4464 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4470 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4465 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4471 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4466 master's memory space. 4472 master's memory space.
4467 4473
4468 Building the Software: 4474 Building the Software:
4469 ====================== 4475 ======================
4470 4476
4471 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4477 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4472 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4478 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4473 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4479 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4474 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4480 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4475 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4481 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4476 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4482 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
4477 4483
4478 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4484 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4479 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4485 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4480 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4486 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4481 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4487 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4482 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4488 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
4483 4489
4484 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4490 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4485 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4491 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
4486 4492
4487 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4493 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4488 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4494 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4489 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4495 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4490 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4496 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4491 4497
4492 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4498 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4493 4499
4494 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4500 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4495 be executed on computers running Windows. 4501 be executed on computers running Windows.
4496 4502
4497 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4503 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4498 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4504 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
4499 is done by typing: 4505 is done by typing:
4500 4506
4501 make NAME_config 4507 make NAME_config
4502 4508
4503 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- 4509 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4504 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 4510 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
4505 4511
4506 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 4512 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4507 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 4513 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4508 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 4514 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4509 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 4515 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
4510 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 4516 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
4511 4517
4512 make TQM823L_config 4518 make TQM823L_config
4513 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 4519 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
4514 4520
4515 make TQM823L_LCD_config 4521 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4516 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 4522 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
4517 4523
4518 etc. 4524 etc.
4519 4525
4520 4526
4521 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 4527 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4522 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 4528 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
4523 4529
4524 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 4530 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4525 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 4531 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4526 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 4532 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
4527 4533
4528 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 4534 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4529 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 4535 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4530 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 4536 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4531 4537
4532 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 4538 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4533 4539
4534 make O=/tmp/build distclean 4540 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4535 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config 4541 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4536 make O=/tmp/build all 4542 make O=/tmp/build all
4537 4543
4538 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: 4544 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4539 4545
4540 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4546 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4541 make distclean 4547 make distclean
4542 make NAME_config 4548 make NAME_config
4543 make all 4549 make all
4544 4550
4545 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment 4551 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4546 variable. 4552 variable.
4547 4553
4548 4554
4549 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 4555 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4550 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 4556 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4551 native "make". 4557 native "make".
4552 4558
4553 4559
4554 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 4560 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4555 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 4561 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4556 steps: 4562 steps:
4557 4563
4558 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 4564 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4559 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. 4565 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4560 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. 4566 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
4561 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 4567 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4562 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 4568 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4563 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 4569 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
4564 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 4570 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4565 your board 4571 your board
4566 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 4572 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4567 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 4573 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
4568 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 4574 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
4569 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 4575 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4570 to be installed on your target system. 4576 to be installed on your target system.
4571 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 4577 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4572 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 4578 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
4573 4579
4574 4580
4575 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 4581 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4576 ============================================================== 4582 ==============================================================
4577 4583
4578 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 4584 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4579 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 4585 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
4580 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 4586 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4581 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 4587 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
4582 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 4588 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
4583 4589
4584 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 4590 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4585 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 4591 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
4586 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 4592 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4587 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 4593 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
4588 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 4594 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4589 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 4595 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4590 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 4596 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4591 you can type 4597 you can type
4592 4598
4593 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4599 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4594 4600
4595 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 4601 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
4596 4602
4597 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 4603 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
4598 4604
4599 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 4605 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4600 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 4606 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4601 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 4607 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4602 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 4608 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4603 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 4609 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4604 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 4610 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4605 variable. For example: 4611 variable. For example:
4606 4612
4607 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4613 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4608 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 4614 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4609 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4615 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4610 4616
4611 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 4617 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4612 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 4618 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4613 during the whole build process. 4619 during the whole build process.
4614 4620
4615 4621
4616 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 4622 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
4617 4623
4618 4624
4619 Monitor Commands - Overview: 4625 Monitor Commands - Overview:
4620 ============================ 4626 ============================
4621 4627
4622 go - start application at address 'addr' 4628 go - start application at address 'addr'
4623 run - run commands in an environment variable 4629 run - run commands in an environment variable
4624 bootm - boot application image from memory 4630 bootm - boot application image from memory
4625 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 4631 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
4626 bootz - boot zImage from memory 4632 bootz - boot zImage from memory
4627 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 4633 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4628 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 4634 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4629 (and eventually "gatewayip") 4635 (and eventually "gatewayip")
4630 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 4636 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
4631 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 4637 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4632 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 4638 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4633 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 4639 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4634 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 4640 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4635 md - memory display 4641 md - memory display
4636 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 4642 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4637 nm - memory modify (constant address) 4643 nm - memory modify (constant address)
4638 mw - memory write (fill) 4644 mw - memory write (fill)
4639 cp - memory copy 4645 cp - memory copy
4640 cmp - memory compare 4646 cmp - memory compare
4641 crc32 - checksum calculation 4647 crc32 - checksum calculation
4642 i2c - I2C sub-system 4648 i2c - I2C sub-system
4643 sspi - SPI utility commands 4649 sspi - SPI utility commands
4644 base - print or set address offset 4650 base - print or set address offset
4645 printenv- print environment variables 4651 printenv- print environment variables
4646 setenv - set environment variables 4652 setenv - set environment variables
4647 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 4653 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4648 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 4654 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4649 erase - erase FLASH memory 4655 erase - erase FLASH memory
4650 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 4656 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
4651 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 4657 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
4652 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 4658 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4653 iminfo - print header information for application image 4659 iminfo - print header information for application image
4654 coninfo - print console devices and informations 4660 coninfo - print console devices and informations
4655 ide - IDE sub-system 4661 ide - IDE sub-system
4656 loop - infinite loop on address range 4662 loop - infinite loop on address range
4657 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 4663 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
4658 mtest - simple RAM test 4664 mtest - simple RAM test
4659 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 4665 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4660 dcache - enable or disable data cache 4666 dcache - enable or disable data cache
4661 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 4667 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4662 echo - echo args to console 4668 echo - echo args to console
4663 version - print monitor version 4669 version - print monitor version
4664 help - print online help 4670 help - print online help
4665 ? - alias for 'help' 4671 ? - alias for 'help'
4666 4672
4667 4673
4668 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 4674 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4669 ======================================== 4675 ========================================
4670 4676
4671 TODO. 4677 TODO.
4672 4678
4673 For now: just type "help <command>". 4679 For now: just type "help <command>".
4674 4680
4675 4681
4676 Environment Variables: 4682 Environment Variables:
4677 ====================== 4683 ======================
4678 4684
4679 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 4685 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4680 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 4686 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
4681 4687
4682 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 4688 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4683 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 4689 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4684 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 4690 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4685 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 4691 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4686 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 4692 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4687 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 4693 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
4688 4694
4689 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 4695 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4690 4696
4691 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 4697 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
4692 4698
4693 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 4699 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
4694 4700
4695 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 4701 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
4696 4702
4697 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 4703 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4698 4704
4699 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 4705 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
4700 4706
4701 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 4707 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
4702 4708
4703 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4709 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4704 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4710 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4705 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 4711 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4706 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 4712 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4707 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 4713 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4708 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 4714 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
4709 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 4715 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4710 bootm_mapsize. 4716 bootm_mapsize.
4711 4717
4712 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 4718 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
4713 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 4719 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4714 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 4720 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4715 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 4721 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4716 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 4722 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4717 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 4723 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4718 used otherwise. 4724 used otherwise.
4719 4725
4720 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4726 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4721 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4727 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4722 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 4728 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4723 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 4729 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4724 environment variable. 4730 environment variable.
4725 4731
4726 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 4732 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4727 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 4733 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4728 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 4734 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4729 4735
4730 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 4736 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4731 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 4737 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4732 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 4738 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4733 load any image using TFTP 4739 load any image using TFTP
4734 4740
4735 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 4741 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4736 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 4742 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4737 be automatically started (by internally calling 4743 be automatically started (by internally calling
4738 "bootm") 4744 "bootm")
4739 4745
4740 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 4746 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4741 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 4747 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4742 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 4748 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4743 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 4749 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4744 data. 4750 data.
4745 4751
4746 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 4752 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4747 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 4753 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
4748 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 4754 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4749 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 4755 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4750 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 4756 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4751 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 4757 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4752 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 4758 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4753 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 4759 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4754 access it during the boot procedure. 4760 access it during the boot procedure.
4755 4761
4756 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 4762 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4757 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 4763 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4758 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 4764 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4759 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 4765 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4760 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 4766 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4761 must be accessible by the kernel. 4767 must be accessible by the kernel.
4762 4768
4763 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 4769 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4764 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 4770 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4765 defined. 4771 defined.
4766 4772
4767 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 4773 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4768 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 4774 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4769 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 4775 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4770 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 4776 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4771 it must be saved and board must be reset. 4777 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4772 4778
4773 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 4779 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4774 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 4780 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4775 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 4781 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4776 is usually what you want since it allows for 4782 is usually what you want since it allows for
4777 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 4783 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4778 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 4784 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
4779 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 4785 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
4780 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 4786 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4781 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 4787 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4782 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 4788 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4783 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 4789 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
4784 4790
4785 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 4791 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4786 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 4792 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4787 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 4793 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4788 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 4794 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4789 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 4795 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4790 12 MB as well - this can be done with 4796 12 MB as well - this can be done with
4791 4797
4792 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 4798 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
4793 4799
4794 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 4800 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4795 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 4801 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4796 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 4802 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4797 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 4803 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4798 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 4804 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4799 boot time on your system, but requires that this 4805 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4800 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 4806 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
4801 4807
4802 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4808 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4803 4809
4804 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 4810 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4805 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 4811 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
4806 4812
4807 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 4813 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
4808 4814
4809 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4815 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4810 4816
4811 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 4817 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
4812 4818
4813 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 4819 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
4814 4820
4815 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 4821 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
4816 4822
4817 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 4823 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
4818 4824
4819 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 4825 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4820 For example you can do the following 4826 For example you can do the following
4821 4827
4822 => setenv ethact FEC 4828 => setenv ethact FEC
4823 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 4829 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4824 => setenv ethact SCC 4830 => setenv ethact SCC
4825 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 4831 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
4826 4832
4827 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 4833 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4828 available network interfaces. 4834 available network interfaces.
4829 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 4835 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4830 4836
4831 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 4837 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
4832 either succeed or fail without retrying. 4838 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4833 When set to "once" the network operation will 4839 When set to "once" the network operation will
4834 fail when all the available network interfaces 4840 fail when all the available network interfaces
4835 are tried once without success. 4841 are tried once without success.
4836 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 4842 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4837 themselves. 4843 themselves.
4838 4844
4839 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 4845 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
4840 4846
4841 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by 4847 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4842 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be 4848 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4843 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If 4849 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4844 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console 4850 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4845 is silent. 4851 is silent.
4846 4852
4847 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 4853 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
4848 UDP source port. 4854 UDP source port.
4849 4855
4850 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 4856 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4851 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 4857 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4852 4858
4853 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 4859 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4854 we use the TFTP server's default block size 4860 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4855 4861
4856 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 4862 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4857 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 4863 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4858 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 4864 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4859 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 4865 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4860 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 4866 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4861 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 4867 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4862 with unreliable TFTP servers. 4868 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4863 4869
4864 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 4870 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
4865 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 4871 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
4866 VLAN tagged frames. 4872 VLAN tagged frames.
4867 4873
4868 The following image location variables contain the location of images 4874 The following image location variables contain the location of images
4869 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 4875 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4870 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 4876 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4871 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 4877 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4872 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 4878 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4873 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 4879 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4874 flash or offset in NAND flash. 4880 flash or offset in NAND flash.
4875 4881
4876 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 4882 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4877 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some 4883 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4878 boards use these variables for other purposes. 4884 boards use these variables for other purposes.
4879 4885
4880 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 4886 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4881 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 4887 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
4882 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 4888 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4883 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 4889 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4884 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 4890 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4885 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 4891 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
4886 4892
4887 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 4893 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4888 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 4894 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4889 depending the information provided by your boot server: 4895 depending the information provided by your boot server:
4890 4896
4891 bootfile - see above 4897 bootfile - see above
4892 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 4898 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4893 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 4899 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4894 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 4900 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4895 hostname - Target hostname 4901 hostname - Target hostname
4896 ipaddr - see above 4902 ipaddr - see above
4897 netmask - Subnet Mask 4903 netmask - Subnet Mask
4898 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 4904 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4899 serverip - see above 4905 serverip - see above
4900 4906
4901 4907
4902 There are two special Environment Variables: 4908 There are two special Environment Variables:
4903 4909
4904 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 4910 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4905 as type string and/or serial number 4911 as type string and/or serial number
4906 ethaddr - Ethernet address 4912 ethaddr - Ethernet address
4907 4913
4908 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 4914 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4909 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 4915 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4910 once they have been set once. 4916 once they have been set once.
4911 4917
4912 4918
4913 Further special Environment Variables: 4919 Further special Environment Variables:
4914 4920
4915 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 4921 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4916 with the "version" command. This variable is 4922 with the "version" command. This variable is
4917 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 4923 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
4918 4924
4919 4925
4920 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 4926 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4921 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 4927 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
4922 4928
4923 4929
4924 Callback functions for environment variables: 4930 Callback functions for environment variables:
4925 --------------------------------------------- 4931 ---------------------------------------------
4926 4932
4927 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 4933 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4928 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to 4934 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4929 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 4935 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4930 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 4936 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4931 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 4937 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4932 4938
4933 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 4939 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4934 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 4940 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4935 4941
4936 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 4942 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4937 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 4943 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4938 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 4944 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4939 associations. The list must be in the following format: 4945 associations. The list must be in the following format:
4940 4946
4941 entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 4947 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4942 list = entry[,list] 4948 list = entry[,list]
4943 4949
4944 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 4950 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4945 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 4951 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4946 4952
4947 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 4953 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4948 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 4954 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4949 override any association in the static list. You can define 4955 override any association in the static list. You can define
4950 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 4956 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4951 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 4957 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4952 4958
4953 4959
4954 Command Line Parsing: 4960 Command Line Parsing:
4955 ===================== 4961 =====================
4956 4962
4957 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 4963 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4958 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 4964 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
4959 4965
4960 Old, simple command line parser: 4966 Old, simple command line parser:
4961 -------------------------------- 4967 --------------------------------
4962 4968
4963 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 4969 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4964 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 4970 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
4965 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 4971 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
4966 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 4972 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4967 for example: 4973 for example:
4968 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 4974 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
4969 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 4975 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4970 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 4976 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
4971 4977
4972 Hush shell: 4978 Hush shell:
4973 ----------- 4979 -----------
4974 4980
4975 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 4981 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4976 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 4982 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4977 until...do...done, ... 4983 until...do...done, ...
4978 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 4984 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4979 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 4985 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4980 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 4986 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4981 command 4987 command
4982 4988
4983 General rules: 4989 General rules:
4984 -------------- 4990 --------------
4985 4991
4986 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 4992 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4987 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 4993 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4988 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 4994 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4989 executed anyway. 4995 executed anyway.
4990 4996
4991 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 4997 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
4992 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 4998 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
4993 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 4999 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4994 variables are not executed. 5000 variables are not executed.
4995 5001
4996 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 5002 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4997 ======================================= 5003 =======================================
4998 5004
4999 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 5005 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
5000 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 5006 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5001 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 5007 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
5002 5008
5003 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 5009 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5004 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 5010 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5005 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 5011 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
5006 5012
5007 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 5013 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5008 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 5014 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5009 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 5015 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5010 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 5016 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
5011 5017
5012 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 5018 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5013 environment, the SROM's address is used. 5019 environment, the SROM's address is used.
5014 5020
5015 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 5021 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5016 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 5022 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5017 used. 5023 used.
5018 5024
5019 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 5025 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5020 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 5026 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
5021 5027
5022 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 5028 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5023 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 5029 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5024 warning is printed. 5030 warning is printed.
5025 5031
5026 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 5032 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5027 is raised. 5033 is raised.
5028 5034
5029 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 5035 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
5030 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 5036 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
5031 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 5037 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5032 The naming convention is as follows: 5038 The naming convention is as follows:
5033 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 5039 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
5034 5040
5035 Image Formats: 5041 Image Formats:
5036 ============== 5042 ==============
5037 5043
5038 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 5044 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5039 images in two formats: 5045 images in two formats:
5040 5046
5041 New uImage format (FIT) 5047 New uImage format (FIT)
5042 ----------------------- 5048 -----------------------
5043 5049
5044 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 5050 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5045 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 5051 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5046 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 5052 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5047 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 5053 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5048 5054
5049 5055
5050 Old uImage format 5056 Old uImage format
5051 ----------------- 5057 -----------------
5052 5058
5053 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 5059 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5054 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 5060 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5055 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 5061 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
5056 5062
5057 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 5063 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5058 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 5064 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
5059 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 5065 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5060 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 5066 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5061 INTEGRITY). 5067 INTEGRITY).
5062 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 5068 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
5063 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 5069 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5064 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 5070 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
5065 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 5071 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5066 * Load Address 5072 * Load Address
5067 * Entry Point 5073 * Entry Point
5068 * Image Name 5074 * Image Name
5069 * Image Timestamp 5075 * Image Timestamp
5070 5076
5071 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 5077 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5072 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 5078 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5073 CRC32 checksums. 5079 CRC32 checksums.
5074 5080
5075 5081
5076 Linux Support: 5082 Linux Support:
5077 ============== 5083 ==============
5078 5084
5079 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 5085 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5080 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 5086 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5081 U-Boot. 5087 U-Boot.
5082 5088
5083 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 5089 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5084 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 5090 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5085 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 5091 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5086 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 5092 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5087 serves several purposes: 5093 serves several purposes:
5088 5094
5089 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 5095 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5090 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 5096 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5091 Flash memory footprint) 5097 Flash memory footprint)
5092 5098
5093 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 5099 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5094 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 5100 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
5095 5101
5096 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 5102 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5097 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 5103 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5098 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 5104 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5099 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 5105 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5100 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 5106 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5101 software is easier now. 5107 software is easier now.
5102 5108
5103 5109
5104 Linux HOWTO: 5110 Linux HOWTO:
5105 ============ 5111 ============
5106 5112
5107 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 5113 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5108 --------------------------------------- 5114 ---------------------------------------
5109 5115
5110 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 5116 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5111 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 5117 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5112 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 5118 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5113 Linux :-). 5119 Linux :-).
5114 5120
5115 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 5121 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
5116 5122
5117 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 5123 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5118 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 5124 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
5119 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 5125 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5120 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 5126 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
5121 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 5127 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
5122 5128
5123 5129
5124 Configuring the Linux kernel: 5130 Configuring the Linux kernel:
5125 ----------------------------- 5131 -----------------------------
5126 5132
5127 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 5133 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5128 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 5134 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5129 5135
5130 5136
5131 Building a Linux Image: 5137 Building a Linux Image:
5132 ----------------------- 5138 -----------------------
5133 5139
5134 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 5140 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5135 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 5141 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5136 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 5142 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5137 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 5143 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5138 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 5144 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5139 100% compatible format. 5145 100% compatible format.
5140 5146
5141 Example: 5147 Example:
5142 5148
5143 make TQM850L_config 5149 make TQM850L_config
5144 make oldconfig 5150 make oldconfig
5145 make dep 5151 make dep
5146 make uImage 5152 make uImage
5147 5153
5148 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 5154 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5149 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 5155 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5150 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 5156 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5151 5157
5152 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 5158 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5153 5159
5154 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 5160 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5155 5161
5156 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 5162 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5157 -R .note -R .comment \ 5163 -R .note -R .comment \
5158 -S vmlinux linux.bin 5164 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5159 5165
5160 * compress the binary image: 5166 * compress the binary image:
5161 5167
5162 gzip -9 linux.bin 5168 gzip -9 linux.bin
5163 5169
5164 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 5170 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5165 5171
5166 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 5172 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5167 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 5173 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5168 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 5174 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
5169 5175
5170 5176
5171 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 5177 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5172 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 5178 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5173 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 5179 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5174 byte header containing information about target architecture, 5180 byte header containing information about target architecture,
5175 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 5181 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5176 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 5182 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5177 5183
5178 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 5184 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5179 print the header information, or to build new images. 5185 print the header information, or to build new images.
5180 5186
5181 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 5187 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5182 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 5188 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5183 checksum verification: 5189 checksum verification:
5184 5190
5185 tools/mkimage -l image 5191 tools/mkimage -l image
5186 -l ==> list image header information 5192 -l ==> list image header information
5187 5193
5188 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 5194 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5189 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 5195 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5190 5196
5191 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 5197 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5192 -n name -d data_file image 5198 -n name -d data_file image
5193 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 5199 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5194 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 5200 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5195 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5201 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5196 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 5202 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5197 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 5203 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5198 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 5204 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5199 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 5205 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5200 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 5206 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5201 5207
5202 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 5208 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5203 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 5209 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5204 kernel version: 5210 kernel version:
5205 5211
5206 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 5212 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5207 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 5213 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5208 5214
5209 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 5215 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5210 5216
5211 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5217 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5212 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 5218 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
5213 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 5219 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
5214 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 5220 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5215 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5221 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5216 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5222 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5217 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5223 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5218 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5224 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5219 Load Address: 0x00000000 5225 Load Address: 0x00000000
5220 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5226 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5221 5227
5222 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 5228 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5223 5229
5224 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 5230 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5225 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5231 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5226 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5232 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5227 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5233 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5228 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5234 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5229 Load Address: 0x00000000 5235 Load Address: 0x00000000
5230 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5236 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5231 5237
5232 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 5238 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5233 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 5239 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5234 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 5240 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5235 need to be uncompressed: 5241 need to be uncompressed:
5236 5242
5237 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 5243 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
5238 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5244 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5239 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 5245 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
5240 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 5246 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
5241 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 5247 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5242 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5248 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5243 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5249 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5244 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 5250 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5245 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 5251 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5246 Load Address: 0x00000000 5252 Load Address: 0x00000000
5247 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5253 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5248 5254
5249 5255
5250 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 5256 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5251 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 5257 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5252 5258
5253 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 5259 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5254 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 5260 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5255 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 5261 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5256 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5262 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5257 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 5263 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5258 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5264 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5259 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 5265 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5260 Load Address: 0x00000000 5266 Load Address: 0x00000000
5261 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5267 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5262 5268
5263 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" 5269 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5264 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" 5270 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5265 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" 5271 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5266 from the image: 5272 from the image:
5267 5273
5268 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file 5274 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5269 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ 5275 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5270 indexed by 'position' 5276 indexed by 'position'
5271 5277
5272 5278
5273 Installing a Linux Image: 5279 Installing a Linux Image:
5274 ------------------------- 5280 -------------------------
5275 5281
5276 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 5282 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5277 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 5283 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5278 5284
5279 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 5285 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5280 5286
5281 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 5287 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5282 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 5288 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5283 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 5289 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5284 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 5290 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5285 command. 5291 command.
5286 5292
5287 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 5293 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5288 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 5294 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5289 5295
5290 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 5296 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5291 5297
5292 .......... done 5298 .......... done
5293 Erased 8 sectors 5299 Erased 8 sectors
5294 5300
5295 => loads 40100000 5301 => loads 40100000
5296 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5302 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5297 ~>examples/image.srec 5303 ~>examples/image.srec
5298 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 5304 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5299 ... 5305 ...
5300 15989 15990 15991 15992 5306 15989 15990 15991 15992
5301 [file transfer complete] 5307 [file transfer complete]
5302 [connected] 5308 [connected]
5303 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 5309 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5304 5310
5305 5311
5306 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 5312 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
5307 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 5313 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
5308 corruption happened: 5314 corruption happened:
5309 5315
5310 => imi 40100000 5316 => imi 40100000
5311 5317
5312 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5318 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5313 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5319 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5314 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5320 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5315 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5321 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5316 Load Address: 00000000 5322 Load Address: 00000000
5317 Entry Point: 0000000c 5323 Entry Point: 0000000c
5318 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5324 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5319 5325
5320 5326
5321 Boot Linux: 5327 Boot Linux:
5322 ----------- 5328 -----------
5323 5329
5324 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5330 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5325 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5331 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5326 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5332 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5327 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5333 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5328 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5334 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5329 5335
5330 5336
5331 => printenv bootargs 5337 => printenv bootargs
5332 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5338 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5333 5339
5334 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5340 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5335 5341
5336 => printenv bootargs 5342 => printenv bootargs
5337 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5343 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5338 5344
5339 => bootm 40020000 5345 => bootm 40020000
5340 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5346 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5341 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5347 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5342 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5348 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5343 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5349 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5344 Load Address: 00000000 5350 Load Address: 00000000
5345 Entry Point: 0000000c 5351 Entry Point: 0000000c
5346 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5352 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5347 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5353 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5348 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5354 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5349 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5355 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5350 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5356 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5351 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5357 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5352 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5358 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5353 ... 5359 ...
5354 5360
5355 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5361 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
5356 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5362 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5357 format!) to the "bootm" command: 5363 format!) to the "bootm" command:
5358 5364
5359 => imi 40100000 40200000 5365 => imi 40100000 40200000
5360 5366
5361 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5367 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5362 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5368 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5363 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5369 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5364 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5370 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5365 Load Address: 00000000 5371 Load Address: 00000000
5366 Entry Point: 0000000c 5372 Entry Point: 0000000c
5367 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5373 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5368 5374
5369 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5375 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5370 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5376 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5371 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5377 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5372 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5378 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5373 Load Address: 00000000 5379 Load Address: 00000000
5374 Entry Point: 00000000 5380 Entry Point: 00000000
5375 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5381 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5376 5382
5377 => bootm 40100000 40200000 5383 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5378 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 5384 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5379 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5385 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5380 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5386 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5381 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5387 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5382 Load Address: 00000000 5388 Load Address: 00000000
5383 Entry Point: 0000000c 5389 Entry Point: 0000000c
5384 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5390 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5385 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5391 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5386 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 5392 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5387 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5393 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5388 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5394 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5389 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5395 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5390 Load Address: 00000000 5396 Load Address: 00000000
5391 Entry Point: 00000000 5397 Entry Point: 00000000
5392 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5398 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5393 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 5399 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5394 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 5400 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5395 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 5401 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5396 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5402 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5397 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5403 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5398 ... 5404 ...
5399 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 5405 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5400 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 5406 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
5401 5407
5402 bash# 5408 bash#
5403 5409
5404 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 5410 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5405 ----------- 5411 -----------
5406 5412
5407 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 5413 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5408 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 5414 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5409 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 5415 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5410 flat device tree: 5416 flat device tree:
5411 5417
5412 => print oftaddr 5418 => print oftaddr
5413 oftaddr=0x300000 5419 oftaddr=0x300000
5414 => print oft 5420 => print oft
5415 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 5421 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5416 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 5422 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
5417 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5423 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5418 Using TSEC0 device 5424 Using TSEC0 device
5419 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 5425 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5420 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 5426 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5421 Load address: 0x300000 5427 Load address: 0x300000
5422 Loading: # 5428 Loading: #
5423 done 5429 done
5424 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 5430 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5425 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 5431 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5426 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5432 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5427 Using TSEC0 device 5433 Using TSEC0 device
5428 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 5434 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5429 Filename 'uImage'. 5435 Filename 'uImage'.
5430 Load address: 0x200000 5436 Load address: 0x200000
5431 Loading:############ 5437 Loading:############
5432 done 5438 done
5433 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5439 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5434 => print loadaddr 5440 => print loadaddr
5435 loadaddr=200000 5441 loadaddr=200000
5436 => print oftaddr 5442 => print oftaddr
5437 oftaddr=0x300000 5443 oftaddr=0x300000
5438 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5444 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5439 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5445 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
5440 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5446 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5441 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5447 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5442 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5448 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
5443 Load Address: 00000000 5449 Load Address: 00000000
5444 Entry Point: 00000000 5450 Entry Point: 00000000
5445 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5451 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5446 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5452 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5447 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5453 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5448 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 5454 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5449 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5455 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5450 [snip] 5456 [snip]
5451 5457
5452 5458
5453 More About U-Boot Image Types: 5459 More About U-Boot Image Types:
5454 ------------------------------ 5460 ------------------------------
5455 5461
5456 U-Boot supports the following image types: 5462 U-Boot supports the following image types:
5457 5463
5458 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5464 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5459 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5465 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5460 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5466 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5461 the Standalone Program. 5467 the Standalone Program.
5462 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5468 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5463 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5469 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5464 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5470 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5465 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5471 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5466 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5472 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5467 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5473 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5468 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5474 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5469 being started. 5475 being started.
5470 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5476 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5471 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5477 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5472 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5478 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5473 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5479 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5474 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5480 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5475 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5481 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
5476 5482
5477 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5483 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5478 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5484 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5479 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5485 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5480 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 5486 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5481 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 5487 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5482 a multiple of 4 bytes). 5488 a multiple of 4 bytes).
5483 5489
5484 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 5490 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5485 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 5491 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5486 flash memory. 5492 flash memory.
5487 5493
5488 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 5494 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5489 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 5495 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5490 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 5496 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5491 as command interpreter. 5497 as command interpreter.
5492 5498
5493 Booting the Linux zImage: 5499 Booting the Linux zImage:
5494 ------------------------- 5500 -------------------------
5495 5501
5496 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 5502 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5497 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 5503 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5498 as the syntax of "bootm" command. 5504 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5499 5505
5500 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 5506 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
5501 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 5507 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5502 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 5508 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5503 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 5509 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5504 5510
5505 5511
5506 Standalone HOWTO: 5512 Standalone HOWTO:
5507 ================= 5513 =================
5508 5514
5509 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 5515 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5510 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 5516 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5511 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 5517 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
5512 5518
5513 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 5519 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
5514 5520
5515 "Hello World" Demo: 5521 "Hello World" Demo:
5516 ------------------- 5522 -------------------
5517 5523
5518 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 5524 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5519 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 5525 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5520 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 5526 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5521 like that: 5527 like that:
5522 5528
5523 => loads 5529 => loads
5524 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5530 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5525 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 5531 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5526 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5532 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5527 [file transfer complete] 5533 [file transfer complete]
5528 [connected] 5534 [connected]
5529 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5535 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5530 5536
5531 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 5537 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5532 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5538 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5533 Hello World 5539 Hello World
5534 argc = 7 5540 argc = 7
5535 argv[0] = "40004" 5541 argv[0] = "40004"
5536 argv[1] = "Hello" 5542 argv[1] = "Hello"
5537 argv[2] = "World!" 5543 argv[2] = "World!"
5538 argv[3] = "This" 5544 argv[3] = "This"
5539 argv[4] = "is" 5545 argv[4] = "is"
5540 argv[5] = "a" 5546 argv[5] = "a"
5541 argv[6] = "test." 5547 argv[6] = "test."
5542 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 5548 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5543 Hit any key to exit ... 5549 Hit any key to exit ...
5544 5550
5545 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5551 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5546 5552
5547 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 5553 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5548 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 5554 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5549 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 5555 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5550 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 5556 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5551 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 5557 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5552 controlled by the following keys: 5558 controlled by the following keys:
5553 5559
5554 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 5560 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5555 b - enable interrupts and start timer 5561 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5556 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 5562 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5557 q - quit application 5563 q - quit application
5558 5564
5559 => loads 5565 => loads
5560 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5566 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5561 ~>examples/timer.srec 5567 ~>examples/timer.srec
5562 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5568 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5563 [file transfer complete] 5569 [file transfer complete]
5564 [connected] 5570 [connected]
5565 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5571 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5566 5572
5567 => go 40004 5573 => go 40004
5568 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5574 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5569 TIMERS=0xfff00980 5575 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5570 Using timer 1 5576 Using timer 1
5571 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 5577 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
5572 5578
5573 Hit 'b': 5579 Hit 'b':
5574 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 5580 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5575 Enabling timer 5581 Enabling timer
5576 Hit '?': 5582 Hit '?':
5577 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 5583 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5578 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 5584 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5579 Hit '?': 5585 Hit '?':
5580 [q, b, e, ?] . 5586 [q, b, e, ?] .
5581 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 5587 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5582 Hit '?': 5588 Hit '?':
5583 [q, b, e, ?] . 5589 [q, b, e, ?] .
5584 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 5590 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5585 Hit '?': 5591 Hit '?':
5586 [q, b, e, ?] . 5592 [q, b, e, ?] .
5587 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 5593 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5588 Hit 'e': 5594 Hit 'e':
5589 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 5595 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5590 Hit 'q': 5596 Hit 'q':
5591 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5597 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5592 5598
5593 5599
5594 Minicom warning: 5600 Minicom warning:
5595 ================ 5601 ================
5596 5602
5597 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 5603 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5598 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 5604 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5599 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 5605 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5600 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 5606 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5601 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 5607 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
5602 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 5608 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5603 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 5609 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5604 for help with kermit. 5610 for help with kermit.
5605 5611
5606 5612
5607 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 5613 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5608 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 5614 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
5609 5615
5610 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 5616 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5611 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 5617 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5612 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 5618 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
5613 5619
5614 5620
5615 NetBSD Notes: 5621 NetBSD Notes:
5616 ============= 5622 =============
5617 5623
5618 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 5624 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5619 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 5625 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
5620 5626
5621 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 5627 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5622 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 5628 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5623 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 5629 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5624 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 5630 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5625 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 5631 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5626 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 5632 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
5627 5633
5628 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 5634 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5629 # mkdir powerpc 5635 # mkdir powerpc
5630 # ln -s powerpc machine 5636 # ln -s powerpc machine
5631 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 5637 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5632 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 5638 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
5633 5639
5634 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 5640 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5635 and U-Boot include files. 5641 and U-Boot include files.
5636 5642
5637 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 5643 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5638 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 5644 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5639 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 5645 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5640 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 5646 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
5641 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 5647 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
5642 5648
5643 5649
5644 Implementation Internals: 5650 Implementation Internals:
5645 ========================= 5651 =========================
5646 5652
5647 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 5653 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5648 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 5654 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5649 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 5655 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5650 hardware. 5656 hardware.
5651 5657
5652 5658
5653 Initial Stack, Global Data: 5659 Initial Stack, Global Data:
5654 --------------------------- 5660 ---------------------------
5655 5661
5656 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 5662 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5657 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 5663 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5658 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 5664 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5659 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 5665 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5660 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 5666 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5661 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 5667 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5662 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 5668 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5663 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 5669 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5664 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 5670 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5665 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 5671 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
5666 5672
5667 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 5673 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
5668 U-Boot mailing list: 5674 U-Boot mailing list:
5669 5675
5670 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 5676 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5671 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 5677 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5672 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 5678 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5673 ... 5679 ...
5674 5680
5675 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 5681 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5676 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 5682 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5677 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 5683 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5678 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 5684 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5679 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 5685 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
5680 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 5686 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
5681 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 5687 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5682 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 5688 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
5683 5689
5684 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 5690 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5685 is another option for the system designer to use as an 5691 is another option for the system designer to use as an
5686 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 5692 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
5687 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 5693 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5688 board designers haven't used it for something that would 5694 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5689 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 5695 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5690 used. 5696 used.
5691 5697
5692 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 5698 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
5693 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 5699 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5694 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 5700 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
5695 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 5701 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
5696 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 5702 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5697 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 5703 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5698 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 5704 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5699 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 5705 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5700 you get the config right. 5706 you get the config right.
5701 5707
5702 -Chris Hallinan 5708 -Chris Hallinan
5703 DS4.COM, Inc. 5709 DS4.COM, Inc.
5704 5710
5705 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 5711 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5706 code for the initialization procedures: 5712 code for the initialization procedures:
5707 5713
5708 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 5714 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5709 to write it. 5715 to write it.
5710 5716
5711 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 5717 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
5712 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 5718 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5713 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 5719 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
5714 5720
5715 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 5721 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5716 that. 5722 that.
5717 5723
5718 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 5724 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5719 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it 5725 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5720 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 5726 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5721 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 5727 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5722 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 5728 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5723 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 5729 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5724 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 5730 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5725 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 5731 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5726 reserve for this purpose. 5732 reserve for this purpose.
5727 5733
5728 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 5734 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5729 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 5735 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5730 GCC's implementation. 5736 GCC's implementation.
5731 5737
5732 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 5738 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5733 R1: stack pointer 5739 R1: stack pointer
5734 R2: reserved for system use 5740 R2: reserved for system use
5735 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 5741 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5736 R5-R10: parameter passing 5742 R5-R10: parameter passing
5737 R13: small data area pointer 5743 R13: small data area pointer
5738 R30: GOT pointer 5744 R30: GOT pointer
5739 R31: frame pointer 5745 R31: frame pointer
5740 5746
5741 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 5747 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5742 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 5748 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5743 going back and forth between asm and C) 5749 going back and forth between asm and C)
5744 5750
5745 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 5751 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
5746 5752
5747 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 5753 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5748 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 5754 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5749 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 5755 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5750 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 5756 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5751 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 5757 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5752 624 text + 127 data). 5758 624 text + 127 data).
5753 5759
5754 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 5760 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
5755 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 5761 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5756 5762
5757 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 5763 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
5758 5764
5759 On ARM, the following registers are used: 5765 On ARM, the following registers are used:
5760 5766
5761 R0: function argument word/integer result 5767 R0: function argument word/integer result
5762 R1-R3: function argument word 5768 R1-R3: function argument word
5763 R9: platform specific 5769 R9: platform specific
5764 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) 5770 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
5765 R11: argument (frame) pointer 5771 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5766 R12: temporary workspace 5772 R12: temporary workspace
5767 R13: stack pointer 5773 R13: stack pointer
5768 R14: link register 5774 R14: link register
5769 R15: program counter 5775 R15: program counter
5770 5776
5771 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data 5777 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5772 5778
5773 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. 5779 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
5774 5780
5775 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 5781 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5776 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 5782 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5777 5783
5778 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 5784 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5779 5785
5780 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 5786 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5781 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 5787 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5782 5788
5783 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 5789 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5784 5790
5785 R0-R1: argument/return 5791 R0-R1: argument/return
5786 R2-R5: argument 5792 R2-R5: argument
5787 R15: temporary register for assembler 5793 R15: temporary register for assembler
5788 R16: trampoline register 5794 R16: trampoline register
5789 R28: frame pointer (FP) 5795 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5790 R29: global pointer (GP) 5796 R29: global pointer (GP)
5791 R30: link register (LP) 5797 R30: link register (LP)
5792 R31: stack pointer (SP) 5798 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5793 PC: program counter (PC) 5799 PC: program counter (PC)
5794 5800
5795 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 5801 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5796 5802
5797 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 5803 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5798 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 5804 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
5799 5805
5800 Memory Management: 5806 Memory Management:
5801 ------------------ 5807 ------------------
5802 5808
5803 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 5809 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5804 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 5810 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
5805 5811
5806 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 5812 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5807 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 5813 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5808 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 5814 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5809 physical memory banks. 5815 physical memory banks.
5810 5816
5811 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 5817 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5812 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 5818 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5813 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 5819 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5814 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 5820 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
5815 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 5821 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
5816 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 5822 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5817 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 5823 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
5818 5824
5819 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 5825 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5820 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 5826 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
5821 5827
5822 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 5828 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5823 this: 5829 this:
5824 5830
5825 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 5831 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5826 : 5832 :
5827 0x0000 1FFF 5833 0x0000 1FFF
5828 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 5834 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5829 : 5835 :
5830 : 5836 :
5831 5837
5832 : 5838 :
5833 : 5839 :
5834 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 5840 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5835 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 5841 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5836 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 5842 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5837 : 5843 :
5838 0x00FD FFFF 5844 0x00FD FFFF
5839 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 5845 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5840 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 5846 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5841 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 5847 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5842 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 5848 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
5843 5849
5844 5850
5845 System Initialization: 5851 System Initialization:
5846 ---------------------- 5852 ----------------------
5847 5853
5848 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 5854 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
5849 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 5855 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
5850 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 5856 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5851 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 5857 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5852 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 5858 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5853 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 5859 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5854 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 5860 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5855 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 5861 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5856 the caches and the SIU. 5862 the caches and the SIU.
5857 5863
5858 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 5864 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5859 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 5865 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5860 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 5866 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5861 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 5867 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5862 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 5868 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5863 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 5869 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5864 banks. 5870 banks.
5865 5871
5866 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 5872 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5867 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 5873 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5868 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 5874 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
5869 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 5875 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5870 contiguous memory starting from 0. 5876 contiguous memory starting from 0.
5871 5877
5872 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 5878 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5873 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 5879 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5874 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 5880 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5875 pages, and the final stack is set up. 5881 pages, and the final stack is set up.
5876 5882
5877 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 5883 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5878 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 5884 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5879 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 5885 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5880 new address in RAM. 5886 new address in RAM.
5881 5887
5882 5888
5883 U-Boot Porting Guide: 5889 U-Boot Porting Guide:
5884 ---------------------- 5890 ----------------------
5885 5891
5886 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 5892 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5887 list, October 2002] 5893 list, October 2002]
5888 5894
5889 5895
5890 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 5896 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
5891 { 5897 {
5892 sighandler_t no_more_time; 5898 sighandler_t no_more_time;
5893 5899
5894 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 5900 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5895 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 5901 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
5896 5902
5897 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 5903 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
5898 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 5904 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
5899 return 0; 5905 return 0;
5900 } 5906 }
5901 5907
5902 Download latest U-Boot source; 5908 Download latest U-Boot source;
5903 5909
5904 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 5910 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
5905 5911
5906 if (clueless) 5912 if (clueless)
5907 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 5913 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
5908 5914
5909 while (learning) { 5915 while (learning) {
5910 Read the README file in the top level directory; 5916 Read the README file in the top level directory;
5911 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 5917 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5912 Read applicable doc/*.README; 5918 Read applicable doc/*.README;
5913 Read the source, Luke; 5919 Read the source, Luke;
5914 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 5920 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
5915 } 5921 }
5916 5922
5917 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 5923 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5918 Buy a BDI3000; 5924 Buy a BDI3000;
5919 else 5925 else
5920 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 5926 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
5921 5927
5922 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 5928 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5923 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 5929 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5924 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 5930 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5925 } else { 5931 } else {
5926 Create your own board support subdirectory; 5932 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5927 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 5933 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5928 } 5934 }
5929 Edit new board/<myboard> files 5935 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5930 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 5936 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
5931 5937
5932 while (!accepted) { 5938 while (!accepted) {
5933 while (!running) { 5939 while (!running) {
5934 do { 5940 do {
5935 Add / modify source code; 5941 Add / modify source code;
5936 } until (compiles); 5942 } until (compiles);
5937 Debug; 5943 Debug;
5938 if (clueless) 5944 if (clueless)
5939 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 5945 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5940 } 5946 }
5941 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 5947 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5942 if (reasonable critiques) 5948 if (reasonable critiques)
5943 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 5949 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5944 else 5950 else
5945 Defend code as written; 5951 Defend code as written;
5946 } 5952 }
5947 5953
5948 return 0; 5954 return 0;
5949 } 5955 }
5950 5956
5951 void no_more_time (int sig) 5957 void no_more_time (int sig)
5952 { 5958 {
5953 hire_a_guru(); 5959 hire_a_guru();
5954 } 5960 }
5955 5961
5956 5962
5957 Coding Standards: 5963 Coding Standards:
5958 ----------------- 5964 -----------------
5959 5965
5960 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 5966 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
5961 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 5967 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
5962 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 5968 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
5963 5969
5964 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 5970 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5965 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 5971 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5966 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 5972 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5967 sources. 5973 sources.
5968 5974
5969 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 5975 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5970 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 5976 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5971 in your code. 5977 in your code.
5972 5978
5973 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 5979 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5974 - remove any trailing white space 5980 - remove any trailing white space
5975 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 5981 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
5976 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 5982 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
5977 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 5983 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
5978 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 5984 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5979 5985
5980 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 5986 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5981 with a request to reformat the changes. 5987 with a request to reformat the changes.
5982 5988
5983 5989
5984 Submitting Patches: 5990 Submitting Patches:
5985 ------------------- 5991 -------------------
5986 5992
5987 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 5993 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5988 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 5994 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5989 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 5995 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
5990 5996
5991 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 5997 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
5992 5998
5993 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 5999 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5994 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 6000 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5995 6001
5996 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 6002 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5997 it: 6003 it:
5998 6004
5999 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 6005 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6000 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 6006 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6001 patch actually fixes something. 6007 patch actually fixes something.
6002 6008
6003 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 6009 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
6004 implementation. 6010 implementation.
6005 6011
6006 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 6012 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6007 6013
6008 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 6014 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6009 6015
6010 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a 6016 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6011 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. 6017 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
6012 6018
6013 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 6019 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6014 document these in the README file. 6020 document these in the README file.
6015 6021
6016 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 6022 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6017 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 6023 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
6018 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 6024 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
6019 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 6025 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6020 with some other mail clients. 6026 with some other mail clients.
6021 6027
6022 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 6028 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6023 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 6029 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6024 GNU diff. 6030 GNU diff.
6025 6031
6026 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 6032 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6027 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 6033 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6028 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 6034 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6029 affected files). 6035 affected files).
6030 6036
6031 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 6037 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6032 and compressed attachments must not be used. 6038 and compressed attachments must not be used.
6033 6039
6034 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 6040 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6035 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 6041 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6036 6042
6037 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 6043 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6038 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 6044 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6039 6045
6040 6046
6041 Notes: 6047 Notes:
6042 6048
6043 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 6049 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6044 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 6050 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6045 for any of the boards. 6051 for any of the boards.
6046 6052
6047 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 6053 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6048 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 6054 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6049 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 6055 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6050 6056
6051 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 6057 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6052 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 6058 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6053 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 6059 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6054 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 6060 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6055 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 6061 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6056 modification. 6062 modification.
6057 6063
6058 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 6064 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6059 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 6065 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6060 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 6066 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6061 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 6067 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
6062 6068
drivers/mtd/spi/sf.c
1 /* 1 /*
2 * SPI flash interface 2 * SPI flash interface
3 * 3 *
4 * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation 4 * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation
5 * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik 5 * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik
6 * 6 *
7 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 7 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
8 */ 8 */
9 9
10 #include <common.h> 10 #include <common.h>
11 #include <spi.h> 11 #include <spi.h>
12 12
13 static int spi_flash_read_write(struct spi_slave *spi, 13 static int spi_flash_read_write(struct spi_slave *spi,
14 const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len, 14 const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len,
15 const u8 *data_out, u8 *data_in, 15 const u8 *data_out, u8 *data_in,
16 size_t data_len) 16 size_t data_len)
17 { 17 {
18 unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN; 18 unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN;
19 int ret; 19 int ret;
20 20
21 #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
21 if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE) 22 if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE)
22 flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; 23 flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE;
23 24 #endif
24 if (data_len == 0) 25 if (data_len == 0)
25 flags |= SPI_XFER_END; 26 flags |= SPI_XFER_END;
26 27
27 ret = spi_xfer(spi, cmd_len * 8, cmd, NULL, flags); 28 ret = spi_xfer(spi, cmd_len * 8, cmd, NULL, flags);
28 if (ret) { 29 if (ret) {
29 debug("SF: Failed to send command (%zu bytes): %d\n", 30 debug("SF: Failed to send command (%zu bytes): %d\n",
30 cmd_len, ret); 31 cmd_len, ret);
31 } else if (data_len != 0) { 32 } else if (data_len != 0) {
32 ret = spi_xfer(spi, data_len * 8, data_out, data_in, 33 ret = spi_xfer(spi, data_len * 8, data_out, data_in,
33 SPI_XFER_END); 34 SPI_XFER_END);
34 if (ret) 35 if (ret)
35 debug("SF: Failed to transfer %zu bytes of data: %d\n", 36 debug("SF: Failed to transfer %zu bytes of data: %d\n",
36 data_len, ret); 37 data_len, ret);
37 } 38 }
38 39
39 return ret; 40 return ret;
40 } 41 }
41 42
42 int spi_flash_cmd_read(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd, 43 int spi_flash_cmd_read(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd,
43 size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len) 44 size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len)
44 { 45 {
45 return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, NULL, data, data_len); 46 return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, NULL, data, data_len);
46 } 47 }
47 48
48 int spi_flash_cmd(struct spi_slave *spi, u8 cmd, void *response, size_t len) 49 int spi_flash_cmd(struct spi_slave *spi, u8 cmd, void *response, size_t len)
49 { 50 {
50 return spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, &cmd, 1, response, len); 51 return spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, &cmd, 1, response, len);
51 } 52 }
52 53
53 int spi_flash_cmd_write(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len, 54 int spi_flash_cmd_write(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len,
54 const void *data, size_t data_len) 55 const void *data, size_t data_len)
55 { 56 {
56 return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, NULL, data_len); 57 return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, NULL, data_len);
57 } 58 }
58 59
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_ops.c
1 /* 1 /*
2 * SPI flash operations 2 * SPI flash operations
3 * 3 *
4 * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation 4 * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation
5 * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik 5 * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik
6 * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc. 6 * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc.
7 * 7 *
8 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 8 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
9 */ 9 */
10 10
11 #include <common.h> 11 #include <common.h>
12 #include <malloc.h> 12 #include <malloc.h>
13 #include <spi.h> 13 #include <spi.h>
14 #include <spi_flash.h> 14 #include <spi_flash.h>
15 #include <watchdog.h> 15 #include <watchdog.h>
16 16
17 #include "sf_internal.h" 17 #include "sf_internal.h"
18 18
19 static void spi_flash_addr(u32 addr, u8 *cmd) 19 static void spi_flash_addr(u32 addr, u8 *cmd)
20 { 20 {
21 /* cmd[0] is actual command */ 21 /* cmd[0] is actual command */
22 cmd[1] = addr >> 16; 22 cmd[1] = addr >> 16;
23 cmd[2] = addr >> 8; 23 cmd[2] = addr >> 8;
24 cmd[3] = addr >> 0; 24 cmd[3] = addr >> 0;
25 } 25 }
26 26
27 int spi_flash_cmd_read_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rs) 27 int spi_flash_cmd_read_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rs)
28 { 28 {
29 int ret; 29 int ret;
30 u8 cmd; 30 u8 cmd;
31 31
32 cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS; 32 cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS;
33 ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rs, 1); 33 ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rs, 1);
34 if (ret < 0) { 34 if (ret < 0) {
35 debug("SF: fail to read status register\n"); 35 debug("SF: fail to read status register\n");
36 return ret; 36 return ret;
37 } 37 }
38 38
39 return 0; 39 return 0;
40 } 40 }
41 41
42 int spi_flash_cmd_write_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 ws) 42 int spi_flash_cmd_write_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 ws)
43 { 43 {
44 u8 cmd; 44 u8 cmd;
45 int ret; 45 int ret;
46 46
47 cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS; 47 cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS;
48 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &ws, 1); 48 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &ws, 1);
49 if (ret < 0) { 49 if (ret < 0) {
50 debug("SF: fail to write status register\n"); 50 debug("SF: fail to write status register\n");
51 return ret; 51 return ret;
52 } 52 }
53 53
54 return 0; 54 return 0;
55 } 55 }
56 56
57 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) 57 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND)
58 int spi_flash_cmd_read_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rc) 58 int spi_flash_cmd_read_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rc)
59 { 59 {
60 int ret; 60 int ret;
61 u8 cmd; 61 u8 cmd;
62 62
63 cmd = CMD_READ_CONFIG; 63 cmd = CMD_READ_CONFIG;
64 ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rc, 1); 64 ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rc, 1);
65 if (ret < 0) { 65 if (ret < 0) {
66 debug("SF: fail to read config register\n"); 66 debug("SF: fail to read config register\n");
67 return ret; 67 return ret;
68 } 68 }
69 69
70 return 0; 70 return 0;
71 } 71 }
72 72
73 int spi_flash_cmd_write_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 wc) 73 int spi_flash_cmd_write_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 wc)
74 { 74 {
75 u8 data[2]; 75 u8 data[2];
76 u8 cmd; 76 u8 cmd;
77 int ret; 77 int ret;
78 78
79 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &data[0]); 79 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &data[0]);
80 if (ret < 0) 80 if (ret < 0)
81 return ret; 81 return ret;
82 82
83 cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS; 83 cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS;
84 data[1] = wc; 84 data[1] = wc;
85 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &data, 2); 85 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &data, 2);
86 if (ret) { 86 if (ret) {
87 debug("SF: fail to write config register\n"); 87 debug("SF: fail to write config register\n");
88 return ret; 88 return ret;
89 } 89 }
90 90
91 return 0; 91 return 0;
92 } 92 }
93 #endif 93 #endif
94 94
95 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR 95 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
96 static int spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 bank_sel) 96 static int spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 bank_sel)
97 { 97 {
98 u8 cmd; 98 u8 cmd;
99 int ret; 99 int ret;
100 100
101 if (flash->bank_curr == bank_sel) { 101 if (flash->bank_curr == bank_sel) {
102 debug("SF: not require to enable bank%d\n", bank_sel); 102 debug("SF: not require to enable bank%d\n", bank_sel);
103 return 0; 103 return 0;
104 } 104 }
105 105
106 cmd = flash->bank_write_cmd; 106 cmd = flash->bank_write_cmd;
107 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &bank_sel, 1); 107 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &bank_sel, 1);
108 if (ret < 0) { 108 if (ret < 0) {
109 debug("SF: fail to write bank register\n"); 109 debug("SF: fail to write bank register\n");
110 return ret; 110 return ret;
111 } 111 }
112 flash->bank_curr = bank_sel; 112 flash->bank_curr = bank_sel;
113 113
114 return 0; 114 return 0;
115 } 115 }
116 116
117 static int spi_flash_bank(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset) 117 static int spi_flash_bank(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset)
118 { 118 {
119 u8 bank_sel; 119 u8 bank_sel;
120 int ret; 120 int ret;
121 121
122 bank_sel = offset / (SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift); 122 bank_sel = offset / (SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift);
123 123
124 ret = spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(flash, bank_sel); 124 ret = spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(flash, bank_sel);
125 if (ret) { 125 if (ret) {
126 debug("SF: fail to set bank%d\n", bank_sel); 126 debug("SF: fail to set bank%d\n", bank_sel);
127 return ret; 127 return ret;
128 } 128 }
129 129
130 return bank_sel; 130 return bank_sel;
131 } 131 }
132 #endif 132 #endif
133 133
134 #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
134 static void spi_flash_dual_flash(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 *addr) 135 static void spi_flash_dual_flash(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 *addr)
135 { 136 {
136 switch (flash->dual_flash) { 137 switch (flash->dual_flash) {
137 case SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH: 138 case SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH:
138 if (*addr >= (flash->size >> 1)) { 139 if (*addr >= (flash->size >> 1)) {
139 *addr -= flash->size >> 1; 140 *addr -= flash->size >> 1;
140 flash->spi->flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; 141 flash->spi->flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE;
141 } else { 142 } else {
142 flash->spi->flags &= ~SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; 143 flash->spi->flags &= ~SPI_XFER_U_PAGE;
143 } 144 }
144 break; 145 break;
145 case SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH: 146 case SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH:
146 *addr >>= flash->shift; 147 *addr >>= flash->shift;
147 break; 148 break;
148 default: 149 default:
149 debug("SF: Unsupported dual_flash=%d\n", flash->dual_flash); 150 debug("SF: Unsupported dual_flash=%d\n", flash->dual_flash);
150 break; 151 break;
151 } 152 }
152 } 153 }
154 #endif
153 155
154 int spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(struct spi_flash *flash, unsigned long timeout) 156 int spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(struct spi_flash *flash, unsigned long timeout)
155 { 157 {
156 struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; 158 struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi;
157 unsigned long timebase; 159 unsigned long timebase;
158 unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN; 160 unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN;
159 int ret; 161 int ret;
160 u8 status; 162 u8 status;
161 u8 check_status = 0x0; 163 u8 check_status = 0x0;
162 u8 poll_bit = STATUS_WIP; 164 u8 poll_bit = STATUS_WIP;
163 u8 cmd = flash->poll_cmd; 165 u8 cmd = flash->poll_cmd;
164 166
165 if (cmd == CMD_FLAG_STATUS) { 167 if (cmd == CMD_FLAG_STATUS) {
166 poll_bit = STATUS_PEC; 168 poll_bit = STATUS_PEC;
167 check_status = poll_bit; 169 check_status = poll_bit;
168 } 170 }
169 171
172 #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
170 if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE) 173 if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE)
171 flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; 174 flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE;
172 175 #endif
173 ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, &cmd, NULL, flags); 176 ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, &cmd, NULL, flags);
174 if (ret) { 177 if (ret) {
175 debug("SF: fail to read %s status register\n", 178 debug("SF: fail to read %s status register\n",
176 cmd == CMD_READ_STATUS ? "read" : "flag"); 179 cmd == CMD_READ_STATUS ? "read" : "flag");
177 return ret; 180 return ret;
178 } 181 }
179 182
180 timebase = get_timer(0); 183 timebase = get_timer(0);
181 do { 184 do {
182 WATCHDOG_RESET(); 185 WATCHDOG_RESET();
183 186
184 ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, NULL, &status, 0); 187 ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, NULL, &status, 0);
185 if (ret) 188 if (ret)
186 return -1; 189 return -1;
187 190
188 if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status) 191 if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status)
189 break; 192 break;
190 193
191 } while (get_timer(timebase) < timeout); 194 } while (get_timer(timebase) < timeout);
192 195
193 spi_xfer(spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_END); 196 spi_xfer(spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_END);
194 197
195 if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status) 198 if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status)
196 return 0; 199 return 0;
197 200
198 /* Timed out */ 201 /* Timed out */
199 debug("SF: time out!\n"); 202 debug("SF: time out!\n");
200 return -1; 203 return -1;
201 } 204 }
202 205
203 int spi_flash_write_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd, 206 int spi_flash_write_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd,
204 size_t cmd_len, const void *buf, size_t buf_len) 207 size_t cmd_len, const void *buf, size_t buf_len)
205 { 208 {
206 struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; 209 struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi;
207 unsigned long timeout = SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT; 210 unsigned long timeout = SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT;
208 int ret; 211 int ret;
209 212
210 if (buf == NULL) 213 if (buf == NULL)
211 timeout = SPI_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE_TIMEOUT; 214 timeout = SPI_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE_TIMEOUT;
212 215
213 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); 216 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi);
214 if (ret) { 217 if (ret) {
215 debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); 218 debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n");
216 return ret; 219 return ret;
217 } 220 }
218 221
219 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); 222 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash);
220 if (ret < 0) { 223 if (ret < 0) {
221 debug("SF: enabling write failed\n"); 224 debug("SF: enabling write failed\n");
222 return ret; 225 return ret;
223 } 226 }
224 227
225 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, buf, buf_len); 228 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, buf, buf_len);
226 if (ret < 0) { 229 if (ret < 0) {
227 debug("SF: write cmd failed\n"); 230 debug("SF: write cmd failed\n");
228 return ret; 231 return ret;
229 } 232 }
230 233
231 ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, timeout); 234 ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, timeout);
232 if (ret < 0) { 235 if (ret < 0) {
233 debug("SF: write %s timed out\n", 236 debug("SF: write %s timed out\n",
234 timeout == SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT ? 237 timeout == SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT ?
235 "program" : "page erase"); 238 "program" : "page erase");
236 return ret; 239 return ret;
237 } 240 }
238 241
239 spi_release_bus(spi); 242 spi_release_bus(spi);
240 243
241 return ret; 244 return ret;
242 } 245 }
243 246
244 int spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len) 247 int spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len)
245 { 248 {
246 u32 erase_size, erase_addr; 249 u32 erase_size, erase_addr;
247 u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN]; 250 u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN];
248 int ret = -1; 251 int ret = -1;
249 252
250 erase_size = flash->erase_size; 253 erase_size = flash->erase_size;
251 if (offset % erase_size || len % erase_size) { 254 if (offset % erase_size || len % erase_size) {
252 debug("SF: Erase offset/length not multiple of erase size\n"); 255 debug("SF: Erase offset/length not multiple of erase size\n");
253 return -1; 256 return -1;
254 } 257 }
255 258
256 cmd[0] = flash->erase_cmd; 259 cmd[0] = flash->erase_cmd;
257 while (len) { 260 while (len) {
258 erase_addr = offset; 261 erase_addr = offset;
259 262
263 #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
260 if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) 264 if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH)
261 spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &erase_addr); 265 spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &erase_addr);
262 266 #endif
263 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR 267 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
264 ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, erase_addr); 268 ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, erase_addr);
265 if (ret < 0) 269 if (ret < 0)
266 return ret; 270 return ret;
267 #endif 271 #endif
268 spi_flash_addr(erase_addr, cmd); 272 spi_flash_addr(erase_addr, cmd);
269 273
270 debug("SF: erase %2x %2x %2x %2x (%x)\n", cmd[0], cmd[1], 274 debug("SF: erase %2x %2x %2x %2x (%x)\n", cmd[0], cmd[1],
271 cmd[2], cmd[3], erase_addr); 275 cmd[2], cmd[3], erase_addr);
272 276
273 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL, 0); 277 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL, 0);
274 if (ret < 0) { 278 if (ret < 0) {
275 debug("SF: erase failed\n"); 279 debug("SF: erase failed\n");
276 break; 280 break;
277 } 281 }
278 282
279 offset += erase_size; 283 offset += erase_size;
280 len -= erase_size; 284 len -= erase_size;
281 } 285 }
282 286
283 return ret; 287 return ret;
284 } 288 }
285 289
286 int spi_flash_cmd_write_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, 290 int spi_flash_cmd_write_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset,
287 size_t len, const void *buf) 291 size_t len, const void *buf)
288 { 292 {
289 unsigned long byte_addr, page_size; 293 unsigned long byte_addr, page_size;
290 u32 write_addr; 294 u32 write_addr;
291 size_t chunk_len, actual; 295 size_t chunk_len, actual;
292 u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN]; 296 u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN];
293 int ret = -1; 297 int ret = -1;
294 298
295 page_size = flash->page_size; 299 page_size = flash->page_size;
296 300
297 cmd[0] = flash->write_cmd; 301 cmd[0] = flash->write_cmd;
298 for (actual = 0; actual < len; actual += chunk_len) { 302 for (actual = 0; actual < len; actual += chunk_len) {
299 write_addr = offset; 303 write_addr = offset;
300 304
305 #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
301 if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) 306 if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH)
302 spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &write_addr); 307 spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &write_addr);
303 308 #endif
304 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR 309 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
305 ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, write_addr); 310 ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, write_addr);
306 if (ret < 0) 311 if (ret < 0)
307 return ret; 312 return ret;
308 #endif 313 #endif
309 byte_addr = offset % page_size; 314 byte_addr = offset % page_size;
310 chunk_len = min(len - actual, page_size - byte_addr); 315 chunk_len = min(len - actual, page_size - byte_addr);
311 316
312 if (flash->spi->max_write_size) 317 if (flash->spi->max_write_size)
313 chunk_len = min(chunk_len, flash->spi->max_write_size); 318 chunk_len = min(chunk_len, flash->spi->max_write_size);
314 319
315 spi_flash_addr(write_addr, cmd); 320 spi_flash_addr(write_addr, cmd);
316 321
317 debug("SF: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%02x%02x%02x } chunk_len = %zu\n", 322 debug("SF: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%02x%02x%02x } chunk_len = %zu\n",
318 buf + actual, cmd[0], cmd[1], cmd[2], cmd[3], chunk_len); 323 buf + actual, cmd[0], cmd[1], cmd[2], cmd[3], chunk_len);
319 324
320 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd), 325 ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd),
321 buf + actual, chunk_len); 326 buf + actual, chunk_len);
322 if (ret < 0) { 327 if (ret < 0) {
323 debug("SF: write failed\n"); 328 debug("SF: write failed\n");
324 break; 329 break;
325 } 330 }
326 331
327 offset += chunk_len; 332 offset += chunk_len;
328 } 333 }
329 334
330 return ret; 335 return ret;
331 } 336 }
332 337
333 int spi_flash_read_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd, 338 int spi_flash_read_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd,
334 size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len) 339 size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len)
335 { 340 {
336 struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; 341 struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi;
337 int ret; 342 int ret;
338 343
339 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); 344 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi);
340 if (ret) { 345 if (ret) {
341 debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); 346 debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n");
342 return ret; 347 return ret;
343 } 348 }
344 349
345 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, data_len); 350 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, data_len);
346 if (ret < 0) { 351 if (ret < 0) {
347 debug("SF: read cmd failed\n"); 352 debug("SF: read cmd failed\n");
348 return ret; 353 return ret;
349 } 354 }
350 355
351 spi_release_bus(spi); 356 spi_release_bus(spi);
352 357
353 return ret; 358 return ret;
354 } 359 }
355 360
356 int spi_flash_cmd_read_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, 361 int spi_flash_cmd_read_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset,
357 size_t len, void *data) 362 size_t len, void *data)
358 { 363 {
359 u8 *cmd, cmdsz; 364 u8 *cmd, cmdsz;
360 u32 remain_len, read_len, read_addr; 365 u32 remain_len, read_len, read_addr;
361 int bank_sel = 0; 366 int bank_sel = 0;
362 int ret = -1; 367 int ret = -1;
363 368
364 /* Handle memory-mapped SPI */ 369 /* Handle memory-mapped SPI */
365 if (flash->memory_map) { 370 if (flash->memory_map) {
366 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); 371 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi);
367 if (ret) { 372 if (ret) {
368 debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); 373 debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n");
369 return ret; 374 return ret;
370 } 375 }
371 spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP); 376 spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP);
372 memcpy(data, flash->memory_map + offset, len); 377 memcpy(data, flash->memory_map + offset, len);
373 spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP_END); 378 spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP_END);
374 spi_release_bus(flash->spi); 379 spi_release_bus(flash->spi);
375 return 0; 380 return 0;
376 } 381 }
377 382
378 cmdsz = SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN + flash->dummy_byte; 383 cmdsz = SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN + flash->dummy_byte;
379 cmd = malloc(cmdsz); 384 cmd = malloc(cmdsz);
380 memset(cmd, 0, cmdsz); 385 memset(cmd, 0, cmdsz);
381 386
382 cmd[0] = flash->read_cmd; 387 cmd[0] = flash->read_cmd;
383 while (len) { 388 while (len) {
384 read_addr = offset; 389 read_addr = offset;
385 390
391 #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
386 if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) 392 if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH)
387 spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &read_addr); 393 spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &read_addr);
388 394 #endif
389 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR 395 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
390 bank_sel = spi_flash_bank(flash, read_addr); 396 bank_sel = spi_flash_bank(flash, read_addr);
391 if (bank_sel < 0) 397 if (bank_sel < 0)
392 return ret; 398 return ret;
393 #endif 399 #endif
394 remain_len = ((SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift) * 400 remain_len = ((SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift) *
395 (bank_sel + 1)) - offset; 401 (bank_sel + 1)) - offset;
396 if (len < remain_len) 402 if (len < remain_len)
397 read_len = len; 403 read_len = len;
398 else 404 else
399 read_len = remain_len; 405 read_len = remain_len;
400 406
401 spi_flash_addr(read_addr, cmd); 407 spi_flash_addr(read_addr, cmd);
402 408
403 ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, cmd, cmdsz, data, read_len); 409 ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, cmd, cmdsz, data, read_len);
404 if (ret < 0) { 410 if (ret < 0) {
405 debug("SF: read failed\n"); 411 debug("SF: read failed\n");
406 break; 412 break;
407 } 413 }
408 414
409 offset += read_len; 415 offset += read_len;
410 len -= read_len; 416 len -= read_len;
411 data += read_len; 417 data += read_len;
412 } 418 }
413 419
414 return ret; 420 return ret;
415 } 421 }
416 422
417 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST 423 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST
418 static int sst_byte_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, const void *buf) 424 static int sst_byte_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, const void *buf)
419 { 425 {
420 int ret; 426 int ret;
421 u8 cmd[4] = { 427 u8 cmd[4] = {
422 CMD_SST_BP, 428 CMD_SST_BP,
423 offset >> 16, 429 offset >> 16,
424 offset >> 8, 430 offset >> 8,
425 offset, 431 offset,
426 }; 432 };
427 433
428 debug("BP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n", 434 debug("BP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n",
429 spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf, cmd[0], offset); 435 spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf, cmd[0], offset);
430 436
431 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); 437 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash);
432 if (ret) 438 if (ret)
433 return ret; 439 return ret;
434 440
435 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, sizeof(cmd), buf, 1); 441 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, sizeof(cmd), buf, 1);
436 if (ret) 442 if (ret)
437 return ret; 443 return ret;
438 444
439 return spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT); 445 return spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT);
440 } 446 }
441 447
442 int sst_write_wp(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len, 448 int sst_write_wp(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len,
443 const void *buf) 449 const void *buf)
444 { 450 {
445 size_t actual, cmd_len; 451 size_t actual, cmd_len;
446 int ret; 452 int ret;
447 u8 cmd[4]; 453 u8 cmd[4];
448 454
449 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); 455 ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi);
450 if (ret) { 456 if (ret) {
451 debug("SF: Unable to claim SPI bus\n"); 457 debug("SF: Unable to claim SPI bus\n");
452 return ret; 458 return ret;
453 } 459 }
454 460
455 /* If the data is not word aligned, write out leading single byte */ 461 /* If the data is not word aligned, write out leading single byte */
456 actual = offset % 2; 462 actual = offset % 2;
457 if (actual) { 463 if (actual) {
458 ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf); 464 ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf);
459 if (ret) 465 if (ret)
460 goto done; 466 goto done;
461 } 467 }
462 offset += actual; 468 offset += actual;
463 469
464 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); 470 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash);
465 if (ret) 471 if (ret)
466 goto done; 472 goto done;
467 473
468 cmd_len = 4; 474 cmd_len = 4;
469 cmd[0] = CMD_SST_AAI_WP; 475 cmd[0] = CMD_SST_AAI_WP;
470 cmd[1] = offset >> 16; 476 cmd[1] = offset >> 16;
471 cmd[2] = offset >> 8; 477 cmd[2] = offset >> 8;
472 cmd[3] = offset; 478 cmd[3] = offset;
473 479
474 for (; actual < len - 1; actual += 2) { 480 for (; actual < len - 1; actual += 2) {
475 debug("WP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n", 481 debug("WP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n",
476 spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf + actual, 482 spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf + actual,
477 cmd[0], offset); 483 cmd[0], offset);
478 484
479 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, cmd_len, 485 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, cmd_len,
480 buf + actual, 2); 486 buf + actual, 2);
481 if (ret) { 487 if (ret) {
482 debug("SF: sst word program failed\n"); 488 debug("SF: sst word program failed\n");
483 break; 489 break;
484 } 490 }
485 491
486 ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT); 492 ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT);
487 if (ret) 493 if (ret)
488 break; 494 break;
489 495
490 cmd_len = 1; 496 cmd_len = 1;
491 offset += 2; 497 offset += 2;
492 } 498 }
493 499
494 if (!ret) 500 if (!ret)
495 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_disable(flash); 501 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_disable(flash);
496 502
497 /* If there is a single trailing byte, write it out */ 503 /* If there is a single trailing byte, write it out */
498 if (!ret && actual != len) 504 if (!ret && actual != len)
499 ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf + actual); 505 ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf + actual);
500 506
501 done: 507 done:
502 debug("SF: sst: program %s %zu bytes @ 0x%zx\n", 508 debug("SF: sst: program %s %zu bytes @ 0x%zx\n",
503 ret ? "failure" : "success", len, offset - actual); 509 ret ? "failure" : "success", len, offset - actual);
504 510
505 spi_release_bus(flash->spi); 511 spi_release_bus(flash->spi);
506 return ret; 512 return ret;
507 } 513 }
508 #endif 514 #endif
509 515
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_probe.c
1 /* 1 /*
2 * SPI flash probing 2 * SPI flash probing
3 * 3 *
4 * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation 4 * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation
5 * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik 5 * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik
6 * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc. 6 * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc.
7 * 7 *
8 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 8 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
9 */ 9 */
10 10
11 #include <common.h> 11 #include <common.h>
12 #include <fdtdec.h> 12 #include <fdtdec.h>
13 #include <malloc.h> 13 #include <malloc.h>
14 #include <spi.h> 14 #include <spi.h>
15 #include <spi_flash.h> 15 #include <spi_flash.h>
16 #include <asm/io.h> 16 #include <asm/io.h>
17 17
18 #include "sf_internal.h" 18 #include "sf_internal.h"
19 19
20 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 20 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
21 21
22 /* Read commands array */ 22 /* Read commands array */
23 static u8 spi_read_cmds_array[] = { 23 static u8 spi_read_cmds_array[] = {
24 CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW, 24 CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW,
25 CMD_READ_DUAL_OUTPUT_FAST, 25 CMD_READ_DUAL_OUTPUT_FAST,
26 CMD_READ_DUAL_IO_FAST, 26 CMD_READ_DUAL_IO_FAST,
27 CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST, 27 CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST,
28 CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST, 28 CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST,
29 }; 29 };
30 30
31 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX 31 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX
32 static int spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(struct spi_flash *flash) 32 static int spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(struct spi_flash *flash)
33 { 33 {
34 u8 qeb_status; 34 u8 qeb_status;
35 int ret; 35 int ret;
36 36
37 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &qeb_status); 37 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &qeb_status);
38 if (ret < 0) 38 if (ret < 0)
39 return ret; 39 return ret;
40 40
41 if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_MXIC) { 41 if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_MXIC) {
42 debug("SF: mxic: QEB is already set\n"); 42 debug("SF: mxic: QEB is already set\n");
43 } else { 43 } else {
44 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, STATUS_QEB_MXIC); 44 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, STATUS_QEB_MXIC);
45 if (ret < 0) 45 if (ret < 0)
46 return ret; 46 return ret;
47 } 47 }
48 48
49 return ret; 49 return ret;
50 } 50 }
51 #endif 51 #endif
52 52
53 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) 53 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND)
54 static int spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(struct spi_flash *flash) 54 static int spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(struct spi_flash *flash)
55 { 55 {
56 u8 qeb_status; 56 u8 qeb_status;
57 int ret; 57 int ret;
58 58
59 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_config(flash, &qeb_status); 59 ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_config(flash, &qeb_status);
60 if (ret < 0) 60 if (ret < 0)
61 return ret; 61 return ret;
62 62
63 if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN) { 63 if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN) {
64 debug("SF: winspan: QEB is already set\n"); 64 debug("SF: winspan: QEB is already set\n");
65 } else { 65 } else {
66 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_config(flash, STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN); 66 ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_config(flash, STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN);
67 if (ret < 0) 67 if (ret < 0)
68 return ret; 68 return ret;
69 } 69 }
70 70
71 return ret; 71 return ret;
72 } 72 }
73 #endif 73 #endif
74 74
75 static int spi_flash_set_qeb(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 idcode0) 75 static int spi_flash_set_qeb(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 idcode0)
76 { 76 {
77 switch (idcode0) { 77 switch (idcode0) {
78 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX 78 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX
79 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_MACRONIX: 79 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_MACRONIX:
80 return spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(flash); 80 return spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(flash);
81 #endif 81 #endif
82 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) 82 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND)
83 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_SPANSION: 83 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_SPANSION:
84 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_WINBOND: 84 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_WINBOND:
85 return spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(flash); 85 return spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(flash);
86 #endif 86 #endif
87 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO 87 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO
88 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_STMICRO: 88 case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_STMICRO:
89 debug("SF: QEB is volatile for %02x flash\n", idcode0); 89 debug("SF: QEB is volatile for %02x flash\n", idcode0);
90 return 0; 90 return 0;
91 #endif 91 #endif
92 default: 92 default:
93 printf("SF: Need set QEB func for %02x flash\n", idcode0); 93 printf("SF: Need set QEB func for %02x flash\n", idcode0);
94 return -1; 94 return -1;
95 } 95 }
96 } 96 }
97 97
98 static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_validate_params(struct spi_slave *spi, 98 static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_validate_params(struct spi_slave *spi,
99 u8 *idcode) 99 u8 *idcode)
100 { 100 {
101 const struct spi_flash_params *params; 101 const struct spi_flash_params *params;
102 struct spi_flash *flash; 102 struct spi_flash *flash;
103 u8 cmd; 103 u8 cmd;
104 u16 jedec = idcode[1] << 8 | idcode[2]; 104 u16 jedec = idcode[1] << 8 | idcode[2];
105 u16 ext_jedec = idcode[3] << 8 | idcode[4]; 105 u16 ext_jedec = idcode[3] << 8 | idcode[4];
106 106
107 params = spi_flash_params_table; 107 params = spi_flash_params_table;
108 for (; params->name != NULL; params++) { 108 for (; params->name != NULL; params++) {
109 if ((params->jedec >> 16) == idcode[0]) { 109 if ((params->jedec >> 16) == idcode[0]) {
110 if ((params->jedec & 0xFFFF) == jedec) { 110 if ((params->jedec & 0xFFFF) == jedec) {
111 if (params->ext_jedec == 0) 111 if (params->ext_jedec == 0)
112 break; 112 break;
113 else if (params->ext_jedec == ext_jedec) 113 else if (params->ext_jedec == ext_jedec)
114 break; 114 break;
115 } 115 }
116 } 116 }
117 } 117 }
118 118
119 if (!params->name) { 119 if (!params->name) {
120 printf("SF: Unsupported flash IDs: "); 120 printf("SF: Unsupported flash IDs: ");
121 printf("manuf %02x, jedec %04x, ext_jedec %04x\n", 121 printf("manuf %02x, jedec %04x, ext_jedec %04x\n",
122 idcode[0], jedec, ext_jedec); 122 idcode[0], jedec, ext_jedec);
123 return NULL; 123 return NULL;
124 } 124 }
125 125
126 flash = malloc(sizeof(*flash)); 126 flash = malloc(sizeof(*flash));
127 if (!flash) { 127 if (!flash) {
128 debug("SF: Failed to allocate spi_flash\n"); 128 debug("SF: Failed to allocate spi_flash\n");
129 return NULL; 129 return NULL;
130 } 130 }
131 memset(flash, '\0', sizeof(*flash)); 131 memset(flash, '\0', sizeof(*flash));
132 132
133 /* Assign spi data */ 133 /* Assign spi data */
134 flash->spi = spi; 134 flash->spi = spi;
135 flash->name = params->name; 135 flash->name = params->name;
136 flash->memory_map = spi->memory_map; 136 flash->memory_map = spi->memory_map;
137 flash->dual_flash = flash->spi->option; 137 flash->dual_flash = flash->spi->option;
138 138
139 /* Assign spi_flash ops */ 139 /* Assign spi_flash ops */
140 flash->write = spi_flash_cmd_write_ops; 140 flash->write = spi_flash_cmd_write_ops;
141 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST 141 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST
142 if (params->flags & SST_WP) 142 if (params->flags & SST_WP)
143 flash->write = sst_write_wp; 143 flash->write = sst_write_wp;
144 #endif 144 #endif
145 flash->erase = spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops; 145 flash->erase = spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops;
146 flash->read = spi_flash_cmd_read_ops; 146 flash->read = spi_flash_cmd_read_ops;
147 147
148 /* Compute the flash size */ 148 /* Compute the flash size */
149 flash->shift = (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH) ? 1 : 0; 149 flash->shift = (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH) ? 1 : 0;
150 flash->page_size = ((ext_jedec == 0x4d00) ? 512 : 256) << flash->shift; 150 flash->page_size = ((ext_jedec == 0x4d00) ? 512 : 256) << flash->shift;
151 flash->sector_size = params->sector_size << flash->shift; 151 flash->sector_size = params->sector_size << flash->shift;
152 flash->size = flash->sector_size * params->nr_sectors << flash->shift; 152 flash->size = flash->sector_size * params->nr_sectors << flash->shift;
153 #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
153 if (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH) 154 if (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH)
154 flash->size <<= 1; 155 flash->size <<= 1;
156 #endif
155 157
156 /* Compute erase sector and command */ 158 /* Compute erase sector and command */
157 if (params->flags & SECT_4K) { 159 if (params->flags & SECT_4K) {
158 flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_4K; 160 flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_4K;
159 flash->erase_size = 4096 << flash->shift; 161 flash->erase_size = 4096 << flash->shift;
160 } else if (params->flags & SECT_32K) { 162 } else if (params->flags & SECT_32K) {
161 flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_32K; 163 flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_32K;
162 flash->erase_size = 32768 << flash->shift; 164 flash->erase_size = 32768 << flash->shift;
163 } else { 165 } else {
164 flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_64K; 166 flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_64K;
165 flash->erase_size = flash->sector_size; 167 flash->erase_size = flash->sector_size;
166 } 168 }
167 169
168 /* Look for the fastest read cmd */ 170 /* Look for the fastest read cmd */
169 cmd = fls(params->e_rd_cmd & flash->spi->op_mode_rx); 171 cmd = fls(params->e_rd_cmd & flash->spi->op_mode_rx);
170 if (cmd) { 172 if (cmd) {
171 cmd = spi_read_cmds_array[cmd - 1]; 173 cmd = spi_read_cmds_array[cmd - 1];
172 flash->read_cmd = cmd; 174 flash->read_cmd = cmd;
173 } else { 175 } else {
174 /* Go for default supported read cmd */ 176 /* Go for default supported read cmd */
175 flash->read_cmd = CMD_READ_ARRAY_FAST; 177 flash->read_cmd = CMD_READ_ARRAY_FAST;
176 } 178 }
177 179
178 /* Not require to look for fastest only two write cmds yet */ 180 /* Not require to look for fastest only two write cmds yet */
179 if (params->flags & WR_QPP && flash->spi->op_mode_tx & SPI_OPM_TX_QPP) 181 if (params->flags & WR_QPP && flash->spi->op_mode_tx & SPI_OPM_TX_QPP)
180 flash->write_cmd = CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM; 182 flash->write_cmd = CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM;
181 else 183 else
182 /* Go for default supported write cmd */ 184 /* Go for default supported write cmd */
183 flash->write_cmd = CMD_PAGE_PROGRAM; 185 flash->write_cmd = CMD_PAGE_PROGRAM;
184 186
185 /* Set the quad enable bit - only for quad commands */ 187 /* Set the quad enable bit - only for quad commands */
186 if ((flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST) || 188 if ((flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST) ||
187 (flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST) || 189 (flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST) ||
188 (flash->write_cmd == CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM)) { 190 (flash->write_cmd == CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM)) {
189 if (spi_flash_set_qeb(flash, idcode[0])) { 191 if (spi_flash_set_qeb(flash, idcode[0])) {
190 debug("SF: Fail to set QEB for %02x\n", idcode[0]); 192 debug("SF: Fail to set QEB for %02x\n", idcode[0]);
191 return NULL; 193 return NULL;
192 } 194 }
193 } 195 }
194 196
195 /* Read dummy_byte: dummy byte is determined based on the 197 /* Read dummy_byte: dummy byte is determined based on the
196 * dummy cycles of a particular command. 198 * dummy cycles of a particular command.
197 * Fast commands - dummy_byte = dummy_cycles/8 199 * Fast commands - dummy_byte = dummy_cycles/8
198 * I/O commands- dummy_byte = (dummy_cycles * no.of lines)/8 200 * I/O commands- dummy_byte = (dummy_cycles * no.of lines)/8
199 * For I/O commands except cmd[0] everything goes on no.of lines 201 * For I/O commands except cmd[0] everything goes on no.of lines
200 * based on particular command but incase of fast commands except 202 * based on particular command but incase of fast commands except
201 * data all go on single line irrespective of command. 203 * data all go on single line irrespective of command.
202 */ 204 */
203 switch (flash->read_cmd) { 205 switch (flash->read_cmd) {
204 case CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST: 206 case CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST:
205 flash->dummy_byte = 2; 207 flash->dummy_byte = 2;
206 break; 208 break;
207 case CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW: 209 case CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW:
208 flash->dummy_byte = 0; 210 flash->dummy_byte = 0;
209 break; 211 break;
210 default: 212 default:
211 flash->dummy_byte = 1; 213 flash->dummy_byte = 1;
212 } 214 }
213 215
214 /* Poll cmd selection */ 216 /* Poll cmd selection */
215 flash->poll_cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS; 217 flash->poll_cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS;
216 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO 218 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO
217 if (params->flags & E_FSR) 219 if (params->flags & E_FSR)
218 flash->poll_cmd = CMD_FLAG_STATUS; 220 flash->poll_cmd = CMD_FLAG_STATUS;
219 #endif 221 #endif
220 222
221 /* Configure the BAR - discover bank cmds and read current bank */ 223 /* Configure the BAR - discover bank cmds and read current bank */
222 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR 224 #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
223 u8 curr_bank = 0; 225 u8 curr_bank = 0;
224 if (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN) { 226 if (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN) {
225 flash->bank_read_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ? 227 flash->bank_read_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ?
226 CMD_BANKADDR_BRRD : CMD_EXTNADDR_RDEAR; 228 CMD_BANKADDR_BRRD : CMD_EXTNADDR_RDEAR;
227 flash->bank_write_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ? 229 flash->bank_write_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ?
228 CMD_BANKADDR_BRWR : CMD_EXTNADDR_WREAR; 230 CMD_BANKADDR_BRWR : CMD_EXTNADDR_WREAR;
229 231
230 if (spi_flash_read_common(flash, &flash->bank_read_cmd, 1, 232 if (spi_flash_read_common(flash, &flash->bank_read_cmd, 1,
231 &curr_bank, 1)) { 233 &curr_bank, 1)) {
232 debug("SF: fail to read bank addr register\n"); 234 debug("SF: fail to read bank addr register\n");
233 return NULL; 235 return NULL;
234 } 236 }
235 flash->bank_curr = curr_bank; 237 flash->bank_curr = curr_bank;
236 } else { 238 } else {
237 flash->bank_curr = curr_bank; 239 flash->bank_curr = curr_bank;
238 } 240 }
239 #endif 241 #endif
240 242
241 /* Flash powers up read-only, so clear BP# bits */ 243 /* Flash powers up read-only, so clear BP# bits */
242 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ATMEL) || \ 244 #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ATMEL) || \
243 defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX) || \ 245 defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX) || \
244 defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST) 246 defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST)
245 spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, 0); 247 spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, 0);
246 #endif 248 #endif
247 249
248 return flash; 250 return flash;
249 } 251 }
250 252
251 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 253 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
252 int spi_flash_decode_fdt(const void *blob, struct spi_flash *flash) 254 int spi_flash_decode_fdt(const void *blob, struct spi_flash *flash)
253 { 255 {
254 fdt_addr_t addr; 256 fdt_addr_t addr;
255 fdt_size_t size; 257 fdt_size_t size;
256 int node; 258 int node;
257 259
258 /* If there is no node, do nothing */ 260 /* If there is no node, do nothing */
259 node = fdtdec_next_compatible(blob, 0, COMPAT_GENERIC_SPI_FLASH); 261 node = fdtdec_next_compatible(blob, 0, COMPAT_GENERIC_SPI_FLASH);
260 if (node < 0) 262 if (node < 0)
261 return 0; 263 return 0;
262 264
263 addr = fdtdec_get_addr_size(blob, node, "memory-map", &size); 265 addr = fdtdec_get_addr_size(blob, node, "memory-map", &size);
264 if (addr == FDT_ADDR_T_NONE) { 266 if (addr == FDT_ADDR_T_NONE) {
265 debug("%s: Cannot decode address\n", __func__); 267 debug("%s: Cannot decode address\n", __func__);
266 return 0; 268 return 0;
267 } 269 }
268 270
269 if (flash->size != size) { 271 if (flash->size != size) {
270 debug("%s: Memory map must cover entire device\n", __func__); 272 debug("%s: Memory map must cover entire device\n", __func__);
271 return -1; 273 return -1;
272 } 274 }
273 flash->memory_map = map_sysmem(addr, size); 275 flash->memory_map = map_sysmem(addr, size);
274 276
275 return 0; 277 return 0;
276 } 278 }
277 #endif /* CONFIG_OF_CONTROL */ 279 #endif /* CONFIG_OF_CONTROL */
278 280
279 static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_slave(struct spi_slave *spi) 281 static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_slave(struct spi_slave *spi)
280 { 282 {
281 struct spi_flash *flash = NULL; 283 struct spi_flash *flash = NULL;
282 u8 idcode[5]; 284 u8 idcode[5];
283 int ret; 285 int ret;
284 286
285 /* Setup spi_slave */ 287 /* Setup spi_slave */
286 if (!spi) { 288 if (!spi) {
287 printf("SF: Failed to set up slave\n"); 289 printf("SF: Failed to set up slave\n");
288 return NULL; 290 return NULL;
289 } 291 }
290 292
291 /* Claim spi bus */ 293 /* Claim spi bus */
292 ret = spi_claim_bus(spi); 294 ret = spi_claim_bus(spi);
293 if (ret) { 295 if (ret) {
294 debug("SF: Failed to claim SPI bus: %d\n", ret); 296 debug("SF: Failed to claim SPI bus: %d\n", ret);
295 goto err_claim_bus; 297 goto err_claim_bus;
296 } 298 }
297 299
298 /* Read the ID codes */ 300 /* Read the ID codes */
299 ret = spi_flash_cmd(spi, CMD_READ_ID, idcode, sizeof(idcode)); 301 ret = spi_flash_cmd(spi, CMD_READ_ID, idcode, sizeof(idcode));
300 if (ret) { 302 if (ret) {
301 printf("SF: Failed to get idcodes\n"); 303 printf("SF: Failed to get idcodes\n");
302 goto err_read_id; 304 goto err_read_id;
303 } 305 }
304 306
305 #ifdef DEBUG 307 #ifdef DEBUG
306 printf("SF: Got idcodes\n"); 308 printf("SF: Got idcodes\n");
307 print_buffer(0, idcode, 1, sizeof(idcode), 0); 309 print_buffer(0, idcode, 1, sizeof(idcode), 0);
308 #endif 310 #endif
309 311
310 /* Validate params from spi_flash_params table */ 312 /* Validate params from spi_flash_params table */
311 flash = spi_flash_validate_params(spi, idcode); 313 flash = spi_flash_validate_params(spi, idcode);
312 if (!flash) 314 if (!flash)
313 goto err_read_id; 315 goto err_read_id;
314 316
315 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 317 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
316 if (spi_flash_decode_fdt(gd->fdt_blob, flash)) { 318 if (spi_flash_decode_fdt(gd->fdt_blob, flash)) {
317 debug("SF: FDT decode error\n"); 319 debug("SF: FDT decode error\n");
318 goto err_read_id; 320 goto err_read_id;
319 } 321 }
320 #endif 322 #endif
321 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 323 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
322 printf("SF: Detected %s with page size ", flash->name); 324 printf("SF: Detected %s with page size ", flash->name);
323 print_size(flash->page_size, ", erase size "); 325 print_size(flash->page_size, ", erase size ");
324 print_size(flash->erase_size, ", total "); 326 print_size(flash->erase_size, ", total ");
325 print_size(flash->size, ""); 327 print_size(flash->size, "");
326 if (flash->memory_map) 328 if (flash->memory_map)
327 printf(", mapped at %p", flash->memory_map); 329 printf(", mapped at %p", flash->memory_map);
328 puts("\n"); 330 puts("\n");
329 #endif 331 #endif
330 #ifndef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR 332 #ifndef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
331 if (((flash->dual_flash == SF_SINGLE_FLASH) && 333 if (((flash->dual_flash == SF_SINGLE_FLASH) &&
332 (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN)) || 334 (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN)) ||
333 ((flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) && 335 ((flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) &&
334 (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << 1))) { 336 (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << 1))) {
335 puts("SF: Warning - Only lower 16MiB accessible,"); 337 puts("SF: Warning - Only lower 16MiB accessible,");
336 puts(" Full access #define CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR\n"); 338 puts(" Full access #define CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR\n");
337 } 339 }
338 #endif 340 #endif
339 341
340 /* Release spi bus */ 342 /* Release spi bus */
341 spi_release_bus(spi); 343 spi_release_bus(spi);
342 344
343 return flash; 345 return flash;
344 346
345 err_read_id: 347 err_read_id:
346 spi_release_bus(spi); 348 spi_release_bus(spi);
347 err_claim_bus: 349 err_claim_bus:
348 spi_free_slave(spi); 350 spi_free_slave(spi);
349 return NULL; 351 return NULL;
350 } 352 }
351 353
352 struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe(unsigned int bus, unsigned int cs, 354 struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe(unsigned int bus, unsigned int cs,
353 unsigned int max_hz, unsigned int spi_mode) 355 unsigned int max_hz, unsigned int spi_mode)
354 { 356 {
355 struct spi_slave *spi; 357 struct spi_slave *spi;
356 358
357 spi = spi_setup_slave(bus, cs, max_hz, spi_mode); 359 spi = spi_setup_slave(bus, cs, max_hz, spi_mode);
358 return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi); 360 return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi);
359 } 361 }
360 362
361 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_SPI_FLASH 363 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_SPI_FLASH
362 struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_fdt(const void *blob, int slave_node, 364 struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_fdt(const void *blob, int slave_node,
363 int spi_node) 365 int spi_node)
364 { 366 {
365 struct spi_slave *spi; 367 struct spi_slave *spi;
366 368
367 spi = spi_setup_slave_fdt(blob, slave_node, spi_node); 369 spi = spi_setup_slave_fdt(blob, slave_node, spi_node);
368 return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi); 370 return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi);
369 } 371 }
370 #endif 372 #endif
371 373
372 void spi_flash_free(struct spi_flash *flash) 374 void spi_flash_free(struct spi_flash *flash)
373 { 375 {
374 spi_free_slave(flash->spi); 376 spi_free_slave(flash->spi);
375 free(flash); 377 free(flash);
376 } 378 }
377 379